Professional Documents
Culture Documents
B ENGINE
A
SECTION
EC
CONTENTS
QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)
INDEX FOR DTC ...................................................... 20
Alphabetical Index .................................................. 20
DTC No. Index ....................................................... 22
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 25
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ................................................................ 25
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
A/T .......................................................................... 25
Precaution .............................................................. 25
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 28
PREPARATION ......................................................... 29
Special Service Tools ............................................. 29
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 29
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 31
System Diagram ..................................................... 31
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 32
System Chart ......................................................... 33
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................... 33
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................... 35
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................... 36
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
Speed) .................................................................... 37
CAN Communication .............................................. 37
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .............................. 38
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................... 38
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ...... 39
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ................ 39
Idle Air Volume Learning ........................................ 39
Fuel Pressure Check .............................................. 42
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 44
Introduction ............................................................ 44
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 44
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................ 45
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ........................... 58
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ....................................... 58
OBD System Operation Chart ................................ 61
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 67
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 67
EC-1
EC-2
EC-3
EC
. 271
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 271
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 271
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 272
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 273
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 274
Component Inspection .......................................... 275
Removal and Installation ...................................... 275
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
ACTUATOR ............................................................. 276
Description ............................................................ 276
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 276
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 276
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 277
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
FUNCTION .............................................................. 278
Description ............................................................ 278
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 278
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 278
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 279
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 279
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 280
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 281
Remove and Installation ....................................... 284
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
RELAY ..................................................................... 285
Component Description ........................................ 285
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 285
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 285
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 285
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 285
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 287
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 288
Component Inspection .......................................... 289
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 290
Component Description ........................................ 290
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 290
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 290
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 290
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 292
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 293
Component Inspection .......................................... 294
Remove and Installation ....................................... 294
DTC P1143 HO2S1 ................................................. 295
Component Description ........................................ 295
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 295
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 295
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 296
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 296
Overall Function Check ........................................ 297
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 297
Component Inspection .......................................... 299
Removal and Installation ...................................... 300
DTC P1144 HO2S1 ................................................. 301
Component Description ........................................ 301
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.301
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 301
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 302
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 302
Overall Function Check ......................................... 303
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 303
Component Inspection .......................................... 305
Removal and Installation ....................................... 306
DTC P1146 HO2S2 .................................................. 307
Component Description ........................................ 307
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.307
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 307
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 307
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 308
Overall Function Check ......................................... 308
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 310
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 311
Component Inspection .......................................... 312
Removal and Installation ....................................... 314
DTC P1147 HO2S2 .................................................. 315
Component Description ........................................ 315
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.315
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 315
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 315
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 316
Overall Function Check ......................................... 316
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 318
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 319
Component Inspection .......................................... 320
Removal and Installation ....................................... 322
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 323
System Description ............................................... 323
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
.323
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 324
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 324
Overall Function Check ......................................... 325
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 327
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 328
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 335
Component Inspection .......................................... 336
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ........................................ 337
Component Description ........................................ 337
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 337
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 337
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 338
Remove and Installation ....................................... 338
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ........................................ 339
Component Description ........................................ 339
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 339
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 339
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 340
Remove and Installation ....................................... 340
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 341
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 341
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 341
EC-4
EC-5
EC
QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)
INDEX FOR DTC ..................................................... 432
Alphabetical Index ................................................ 432
DTC No. Index ...................................................... 433
PRECAUTIONS ....................................................... 435
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ............................................................... 435
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
A/T ........................................................................ 435
Precaution ............................................................ 435
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............. 438
PREPARATION ....................................................... 439
Special Service Tools ........................................... 439
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 439
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 441
System Diagram ................................................... 441
Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 442
System Chart ........................................................ 443
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 443
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................. 445
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................. 446
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
Speed) .................................................................. 447
CAN Communication ............................................ 447
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................. 448
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................. 448
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning .... 449
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 449
Idle Air Volume Learning ...................................... 450
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................ 452
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 454
Introduction ........................................................... 454
Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 454
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 454
EC-6
EC-7
EC
EC-8
EC-9
EC
QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)
INDEX FOR DTC ..................................................... 753
Alphabetical Index ................................................ 753
DTC No. Index ...................................................... 755
PRECAUTIONS ....................................................... 757
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ............................................................... 757
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
A/T ........................................................................ 757
Precaution ............................................................ 757
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............. 760
PREPARATION ....................................................... 761
Special Service Tools ........................................... 761
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 761
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 763
System Diagram ................................................... 763
Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 764
System Chart ........................................................ 765
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 765
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................. 768
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................. 768
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
Speed) .................................................................. 769
CAN Communication ............................................ 769
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................. 771
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................. 771
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning .... 772
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 772
Idle Air Volume Learning ...................................... 772
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................ 775
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 777
Introduction ........................................................... 777
Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 777
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 778
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) .......................... 790
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ..................................... 790
OBD System Operation Chart .............................. 793
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 799
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 799
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 802
Fail-safe Chart ...................................................... 803
Basic Inspection ................................................... 805
Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 809
Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 813
Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 817
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 819
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 819
CONSULT-II Function ........................................... 826
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 836
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor ..... 838
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 840
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 843
Description ............................................................ 843
EC-10
EC-11
EC
EC-12
EC-13
EC
QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)
INDEX FOR DTC ....................................................1119
Alphabetical Index ...............................................1119
DTC No. Index .....................................................1120
PRECAUTIONS ......................................................1121
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ..............................................................1121
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
A/T .......................................................................1121
Precaution ...........................................................1121
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............1124
PREPARATION ......................................................1125
Special Service Tools ..........................................1125
Commercial Service Tools ...................................1125
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...............................1127
System Diagram ..................................................1127
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................1128
System Chart .......................................................1129
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ..................1129
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................1132
EC-14
EC-15
EC
EC-16
YD
INDEX FOR DTC ....................................................1393
Alphabetical Index ...............................................1393
DTC No. Index .....................................................1393
PRECAUTIONS .....................................................1395
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ..............................................................1395
Precautions ..........................................................1395
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............1397
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...............................1398
System Diagram ..................................................1398
System Chart .......................................................1399
Fuel Injection Control System ..............................1399
Fuel Injection Timing Control System ..................1401
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................1401
Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed)1401
Crankcase Ventilation System .............................1402
CAN Communication ...........................................1402
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................1404
Fuel Filter .............................................................1404
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ...1404
Fuel Pressure Relief Valve ..................................1405
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .........1406
DTC and MI Detection Logic ...............................1406
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ..........................1406
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ........................1406
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ....................................1407
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .........................................1409
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................1409
Basic Inspection ..................................................1412
Symptom Matrix Chart .........................................1416
Engine Control Component Parts Location .........1420
Circuit Diagram ....................................................1423
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..........1425
ECM Terminals And Reference Value .................1425
CONSULT-II Function ..........................................1431
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1437
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1440
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT ......................................................................1441
Description ...........................................................1441
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1441
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM ..................1442
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1442
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1443
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1444
Component Inspection .........................................1447
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ...........1448
Description ...........................................................1448
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1448
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1448
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1449
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1450
DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS) 1. 451
Component Description .......................................1451
EC-17
EC
EC-18
EC-19
EC
PFP:00024
EBS00M01
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the Type approval number on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-43, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-122 .
: Applicable : Not applicable
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
GST*2
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
ECM*3
APP SENSOR
P2138
2138
EC-373
P2122
2122
EC-355
P2123
2123
EC-355
P2127
2127
EC-361
P2128
2128
EC-361
P0731
0731
AT-131
P0732
0732
AT-137
P0733
0733
AT-143
P0734
0734
AT-149
P0710
0710
AT-116
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805
1805
EC-349
U1000
1000*5
EC-122
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
0335
EC-227
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
0340
EC-233
CTP LEARNING
P1225
1225
EC-337
CTP LEARNING
P1226
1226
EC-339
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301
0301
EC-217
CYL 2 MISFIRE
P0302
0302
EC-217
CYL 3 MISFIRE
P0303
0303
EC-217
CYL 4 MISFIRE
P0304
0304
EC-217
ECM
P0605
0605
1 or 2
or
EC-260
P1065
1065
EC-267
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117
0117
EC-149
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118
0118
EC-149
P1217
1217
EC-323
P0725
0725
AT-127
ETC ACTR
P1121
1121
1 or 2
EC-276
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
P1122
1122
EC-278
ETC MOT
P1128
1128
EC-290
P1124
1124
EC-285
P1126
1126
EC-285
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
0171
EC-200
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
0172
EC-206
HO2S1 (B1)
P0132
0132
EC-163
HO2S1 (B1)
P0133
0133
EC-169
EC-20
CONSULT-II
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
0134
EC-178
HO2S1 (B1)
P1143
1143
EC-295
HO2S1 (B1)
P1144
1144
EC-301
P0031
0031
EC-128
P0032
0032
EC-128
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
0138
EC-185
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
0139
EC-192
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
1146
EC-307
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
1147
EC-315
P0037
0037
EC-133
P0038
0038
EC-133
IAT SENSOR
P0127
0127
EC-160
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112
0112
EC-144
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113
0113
EC-144
P0011
0011
EC-125
P1111
1111
EC-271
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
0327
EC-222
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
0328
EC-222
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
0745
AT-163
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
0102
EC-138
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
0103
EC-138
MIL/CIRC
P0650
0650
EC-263
P0300
0300
EC-217
NATS MALFUNCTION
P1610 - P1615
1610 - 1615
EC-58
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
No DTC
Flashing*4
Flashing*4
EC-59
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
0000
P1760
1760
AT-185
P1706
1706
EC-345
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
0705
AT-110
P0444
0444
EC-244
P0445
0445
EC-244
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
P0550
0550
EC-255
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
P1229
1229
EC-341
P0750
0750
AT-170
P0755
0755
AT-175
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
0740
AT-158
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0122
0122
EC-154
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0123
0123
EC-154
TP SENSOR
P2135
2135
EC-367
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
P1705
1705
AT-180
EC
EC-21
CONSULT-II
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
ECM*
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0222
0222
EC-212
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0223
0223
EC-212
P0420
0420
EC-239
P0720
0720
AT-122
P0500
0500
EC-250
GST*
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
7
EBS00M02
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the Type approval number on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-43, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-122 .
: Applicable : Not applicable
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
GST*2
ECM*3
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
No DTC
Flashing*4
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
Flashing*4
EC-59
U1000
1000*5
EC-122
P0000
0000
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011
0011
EC-125
P0031
0031
EC-128
P0032
0032
EC-128
P0037
0037
EC-133
P0038
0038
EC-133
P0102
0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-138
P0103
0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-138
P0112
0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-144
P0113
0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-144
P0117
0117
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-149
P0118
0118
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-149
P0122
0122
TP SEN 2/CIRC
EC-154
P0123
0123
TP SEN 2/CIRC
EC-154
P0127
0127
IAT SENSOR
EC-160
P0132
0132
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-163
P0133
0133
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-169
P0134
0134
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-178
EC-22
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
P0138
0138
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-185
P0139
0139
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-192
P0171
0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
EC-200
P0172
0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
EC-206
P0222
0222
TP SEN 1/CIRC
EC-212
P0223
0223
TP SEN 1/CIRC
EC-212
P0300
0300
EC-217
P0301
0301
CYL 1 MISFIRE
EC-217
P0302
0302
CYL 2 MISFIRE
EC-217
P0303
0303
CYL 3 MISFIRE
EC-217
P0304
0304
CYL 4 MISFIRE
EC-217
P0327
0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-222
P0328
0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-222
P0335
0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-227
P0340
0340
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-233
P0420
0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
EC-239
P0444
0444
EC-244
P0445
0445
EC-244
P0500
0500
EC-250
P0550
0550
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
EC-255
P0605
0605
ECM
1 or 2
or
EC-260
P0650
0650
MIL/CIRC
EC-263
P0705
0705
PNP SW/CIRC
AT-110
P0710
0710
AT-116
AT-122
P0720
0720
P0725
0725
AT-127
P0731
0731
AT-131
P0732
0732
AT-137
P0733
0733
AT-143
P0734
0734
AT-149
P0740
0740
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-158
P0745
0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
AT-163
P0750
0750
AT-170
P0755
0755
AT-175
P1065
1065
EC-267
P1111
1111
EC-271
P1121
1121
ETC ACTR
1 or 2
EC-276
P1122
1122
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
EC-278
P1124
1124
EC-285
P1126
1126
EC-339
P1128
1128
ETC MOT
EC-290
P1143
1143
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-295
EC-23
EC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
ECM*
P1144
1144
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-301
P1146
1146
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-307
GST*
P1147
1147
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-315
P1217
1217
EC-323
P1225
1225
CTP LEARNING
EC-337
P1226
1226
CTP LEARNING
EC-339
P1229
1229
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
EC-341
P1610 - P1615
1610 - 1615
NATS MALFUNCTION
EC-58
P1705
1705
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
AT-180
P1706
1706
EC-345
P1760
1760
AT-185
P1805
1805
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
EC-349
P2122
2122
EC-355
P2123
2123
EC-355
P2127
2127
EC-361
P2128
2128
EC-361
P2135
2135
TP SENSOR
EC-367
P2138
2138
APP SENSOR
EC-373
EC-24
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER
EBS00NBQ
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
C
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be perD
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
E
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harness connectors.
F
EBS00M04
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MI to light up.
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-68, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" .
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution
EBS00M05
EC-25
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
SEF707Y
SEF908W
EC-26
PBIB0090E
MEF040D
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
C
SAT652J
SEF348N
PBIB0513E
EC-27
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
SEF709Y
EC-28
SEF708Y
EBS00M06
PREPARATION
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EBS00M07
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
Tool name
EC
Description
KV10117100
Heated oxygen
sensor wrench
D
S-NT379
KV10114400
Heated oxygen
sensor wrench
F
S-NT636
EBS00M08
Description
Quick connector
release
PBIC0198E
L
S-NT653
Socket wrench
S-NT705
EC-29
PREPARATION
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Tool name
Description
Anti-seize lubricant
i.e.: (PermatexTM
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL
specification MIL-A907)
S-NT779
EC-30
PFP:23710
A
EBS00M09
EC
PBIB1442E
EC-31
EBS00M0A
PBIB1445E
EC-32
System Chart
EBS00M0B
A
Input (Sensor)
ECM Function
Output (Actuator)
Fuel injectors
Power transistors
Ignition switch
Battery voltage
Knock sensor
Wheel sensor
Electrical load
EC
F
Cooling fan control
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: These signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
EBS00M0C
Engine speed
Piston position
Throttle position
Gear position
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Battery
Battery voltage
ECM function
Actuator
M
Fuel injectors
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
*1: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
EC-33
During warm-up
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
During deceleration
PBIB0121E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-163 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal airfuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
During warm-up
EC-34
H
SEF337W
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
J
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
EBS00M0D
M
Input Signal to ECM
Engine speed
Piston position
Throttle position
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
EC-35
ECM function
Ignition
timing control
Actuator
Power transistor
At starting
SEF742M
During warm-up
At idle
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
EBS00M0E
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Refrigerant pressure
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Air conditioner
cut control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
EC-36
Actuator
EBS00M0F
ECM function
Actuator
EC
Neutral position
Throttle position
Engine speed
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
Fuel cut
control
Fuel injectors
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm with no load (for example, in neutral and engine speed over 1,800
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-33 .
CAN Communication
EBS00NBI
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
SKIA0884E
ECM
TCM
EC-37
PFP:00018
EBS00M0H
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
With GST
Check idle speed with GST.
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
PBIB0515E
Method B
Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
PBIB0509E
Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire.
PBIB0516E
EC-38
EC
C
SEF166Y
G
PBIB0514E
EBS00M0J
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EBS00M0I
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve
by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
EBS00M0K
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
EC-39
PNP switch: ON
Transmission: Warmed-up
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE in DATA MONITOR mode of A/
T system indicates less than 0.9V.
For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF452Y
6.
SEF454Y
7.
8.
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
MBIB0238E
EC-40
EC
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-39, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-39, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI goes off.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.
PBIB0665E
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
M
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
Idle speed
Ignition timing
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
EC-41
EBS00M0L
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF214Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0508E
The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.
Take care for not to scratch and not to put debris around connection area when servicing, so that
the quick connector keeps sealability with O-rings inside.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-42, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).
To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-16, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.
Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover.
EC-42
Tightening torque:
EC
C
PBIB0669E
Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
Turn ignition switch ON, and check for fuel leakage.
PBIB0670E
Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false
readings.
During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
5.
6.
7.
8.
At idling:
EC-43
PFP:00028
EBS00M0M
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information
ISO Standard
Calibration ID
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
: Applicable
: Not applicable
DTC
Freeze Frame
data
SRT code
Test value
CONSULT-II
GST
*1
ECM
*2
*1: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
*2: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-20, "INDEX
FOR DTC" .)
EBS00M0N
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI lights up. The MI lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip>
The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MI, and store
DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
: Applicable
MI
DTC
1st trip
Items
: Not applicable
1st trip DTC
2nd trip
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
Blinking
Lighting
up
Blinking
Lighting
up
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) DTC: P0300 P0304 is being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) DTC: P0300 P0304 is being detected
Except above
EC-44
EBS00M0O
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
: Applicable
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
1st trip
DTC*1
: Not applicable
Reference page
GST*2
ECM*
U1000
1000*6
P0000
0000
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011
0011
EC-125
P0031
0031
*4
EC-128
P0032
0032
*4
EC-128
P0037
0037
*4
EC-133
P0038
0038
*4
EC-133
P0102
0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-138
P0103
0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-138
P0112
0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-144
P0113
0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-144
P0117
0117
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-149
P0118
0118
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-149
P0122
0122
TP SEN 2/CIRC
EC-154
P0123
0123
TP SEN 2/CIRC
EC-154
P0127
0127
IAT SENSOR
EC-160
P0132
0132
HO2S1 (B1)
*4
EC-163
EC-169
EC-122
0133
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
0134
HO2S1 (B1)
*4
EC-178
P0138
0138
HO2S2 (B1)
*4
EC-185
P0139
0139
HO2S2 (B1)
*4
EC-192
P0171
0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
EC-200
P0172
0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
EC-206
P0222
0222
TP SEN 1/CIRC
EC-212
P0223
0223
TP SEN 1/CIRC
EC-212
P0300
0300
EC-217
P0301
0301
CYL 1 MISFIRE
EC-217
P0302
0302
CYL 2 MISFIRE
EC-217
P0303
0303
CYL 3 MISFIRE
EC-217
P0304
0304
CYL 4 MISFIRE
EC-217
P0327
0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-222
P0328
0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-222
P0335
0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-227
P0340
0340
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-233
EC-239
P0420
0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0444
0444
EC-244
P0445
0445
EC-244
EC-45
P0133
EC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
1st trip
DTC*1
Reference page
ECM*
P0500
0500
EC-250
P0550
0550
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
EC-255
P0605
0605
ECM
EC-260
P0650
0650
MIL/CIRC
EC-263
P0705
0705
PNP SW/CIRC
AT-110
P0710
0710
AT-116
GST*
P0720
0720
AT-122
P0731
0731
AT-131
P0732
0732
AT-137
P0733
0733
AT-143
P0734
0734
AT-149
P0740
0740
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-158
P0745
0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
AT-163
P0750
0750
AT-170
P0755
0755
AT-175
P1065
1065
EC-267
P1111
1111
EC-271
P1121
1121
ETC ACTR
EC-276
P1122
1122
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
EC-278
P1124
1124
EC-285
P1126
1126
EC-285
P1128
1128
ETC MOT
EC-290
P1143
1143
HO2S1 (B1)
*4
EC-295
P1144
1144
HO2S1 (B1)
*4
EC-301
P1146
1146
HO2S2 (B1)
*4
EC-307
P1147
1147
HO2S2 (B1)
*4
EC-315
P1217
1217
EC-323
P1225
1225
CTP LEARNING
EC-337
P1226
1226
CTP LEARNING
EC-339
P1229
1229
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
EC-341
P1610 - P1615
1610 - 1615
NATS MALFUNCTION
EC-58
P1705
1705
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
AT-180
P1706
1706
EC-345
P1760
1760
AT-185
P1805
1805
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
EC-349
P2122
2122
EC-355
P2123
2123
EC-355
P2127
2127
EC-361
P2128
2128
EC-361
P2135
2135
TP SENSOR
EC-367
P2138
2138
APP SENSOR
EC-373
EC-46
EC
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if
available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be 0.
EC-47
PBIB0911E
Items
Freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-56, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
EC-48
EC-49
Performance
Priority*1
CATALYST
P0420
HO2S
P0132
P0133
P0134
P1143
P1144
P0138
P0139
P1146
P1147
P0031, P0032
P0037, P0038
HO2S HTR
*1: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.
Case 1
Case 2
NG exists
Case 3
Ignition cycle
ON OFF ON
Diagnosis
ON
P0400
OK (1)
(1)
OK (2)
(2)
P0402
OK (1)
(1)
(1)
OK (2)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
(2)
(2)
SRT of EGR
CMPLT
CMPLT
CMPLT
CMPLT
P0400
OK (1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
P0402
(0)
(0)
OK (1)
(1)
OFF
OFF
ON
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
(2)
(2)
SRT of EGR
INCMP
INCMP
CMPLT
CMPLT
P0400
OK
OK
P0402
P1402
NG
NG
NG
(Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip)
DTC
DTC
(= MI ON)
SRT of EGR
INCMP
INCMP
INCMP
CMPLT
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate CMPLT. Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. Case 2 above
EC-50
The SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
The emissions inspection requires CMPLT of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
C
When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to CMPLT of SRT, the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate INCMP.
D
NOTE:
SRT can be set as CMPLT together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates CMPLT.
E
EC-51
SEF573XB
*1
EC-47
*2
EC-52
*3
EC-50
EC-52
PBIB0666E
EC-53
MBIB0241E
EC-54
Sea level
C
Flat road
The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of 10 to 35C (14 to 95F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 93 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70C (158F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 93 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
Pattern 2:
When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con- G
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
I
The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h J
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
K
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
2. Repeat driving pattern shown at right at least 10 times.
M
SEF414S
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
Items for which these data (test value and test limit) are displayed are the same as SRT code items (14 test
items).
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be displayed on the GST screen.
EC-55
: Not applicable
CATALYST
HO2S
Test limit
Application
01H
Max.
09H
04H
Max.
0AH
84H
Min.
0BH
04H
Max.
0CH
04H
Max.
0DH
04H
Max.
19H
86H
Min.
1AH
86H
Min.
1BH
06H
Max.
1CH
06H
Max.
29H
08H
Max.
2AH
88H
Min.
2DH
0AH
Max.
2EH
8AH
Min.
TID
CID
01H
EC-56
EC
J
SEF966X
1.
2.
3.
4.
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-59, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after
approx. 24 hours.
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Diagnostic trouble codes
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
Freeze frame data
1st trip freeze frame data
EC-57
EBS00M0P
EBS00M0Q
DESCRIPTION
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode I
Ignition switch in
ON position
BULB CHECK
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
Engine stopped
Engine running
EC-58
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode II
Ignition switch in
ON position
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
A
This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
EC
Engine stopped
Engine running
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MI starts
blinking.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
EC-59
PBIB0092E
Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-59, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-59, "How to Set Diagnostic Test
Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
Condition
ON
OFF
No malfunction.
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
EC-60
EC
SEF952W
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The zero is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no
malfunction. (See EC-20, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC59, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx 24 hours.
Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
In this mode, the MI displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MI
ON
Lean
OFF
Rich
*Remains ON or OFF
Any condition
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the MI
comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
EBS00M0R
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on. For details, refer to EC-44, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
EC-61
The MI will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
the counter will reset.
The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The TIME in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items
MI (goes off)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
(clear)
Misfire
Other
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
80 (pattern C)
80 (pattern C)
40 (pattern A)
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern B)
*1, *2
*1, *2
1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under Fuel Injection System and Misfire, see EC-64 .
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see EC-66 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
EC-62
EC
SEF392SA
EC-63
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70C (158F), T should be lower than 70C (158F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70C (158F), T should be higher than or
equal to 70C (158F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80C (176F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70C
(158F)
The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1).
The C counter will be counted up when (1) is satisfied without the same malfunction.
The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EC-64
EC
SEF393SA
EC-65
AEC574
The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
EC-66
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
PFP:00004
A
EBS00M0S
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
EC
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
H
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-68 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on EC-70 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
L
SEF234G
EC-67
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
MBIB0159E
*1
*2
*4
*5
EC-54
EC-111
*6
EC-68
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP
DESCRIPTION
STEP I
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, EC-69 .
STEP II
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-56 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip)
freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-115, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-77 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
STEP III
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-115, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
STEP IV
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the
(1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-115, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
STEP V
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-73 .) Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-77 .)
STEP VI
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-819 , EC-106 .
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in
GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-115, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
STEP VII
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident
is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-56, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" and AT-39, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
EC-69
SEF907L
EC
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere.
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
EBS00M0T
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-122 .
EC-70
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Priority
1
P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P1229 P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0605 ECM
P0650 MI
P0710-P0725, P0740-P0755, P1705 P1760 A/T related sensors and solenoid valves
EC
Fail-safe Chart
EBS00M0U
The ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions is detected due to the open or short circuit.
When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MI illuminates.
DTC No.
P0102
P0103
Detected items
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EC-71
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC No.
P0117
P0118
Detected items
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
ignition switch ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running.
P0122
P0123
P0222
P0223
P2135
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1121
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000
rpm or more.
P1122
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124
P1126
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1229
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2122
P2123
P2127
P2128
P2138
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EC-72
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Basic Inspection
EBS00M0V
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
EC
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
C
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
D
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
E
Headlamp switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
F
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
G
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
H
I
SEF976U
5.
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under noload.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3
EC-73
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
With CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
SEF978U
3.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-39, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 5.
EC-74
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-58, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
>> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.
EC-75
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Stop engine.
Perform EC-39, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 12.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 700 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in P or N position)
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed.
M/T: 700 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
EC-76
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-58, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
>> GO TO 4.
EBS00M0W
Injector circuit
EC-77
Fuel
AE
AD
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ENGINE STALL
AA
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
3
4
L
Reference
page
EC-405
EC-42
EC-388
EC-425
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC-73
EC-379
EC-116
EC-138,
EC-999
EC-149
EC-886
IDLING VIBRATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HA
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AM
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AL
ENGINE STALL
AK
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
Ignition circuit
Ignition
EC-428
EC-73
2
Reference
page
EC-276,
EC-278 ,
EC-1018
EC-893
EC-163,
EC-169 ,
EC-178 ,
EC-295 ,
EC-301
EC-222
EC-227
EC-233
ECM
EC-255
3
EC-260,
EC-267
EC-125,
EC-271
EC-345
EC-401
2
EC-250
EC-78
EC-412
EC-416
ATC-33
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
(continued on next page)
Fuel
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
EC
Fuel tank
Fuel piping
EM-14
Air cleaner
EM-14
5
5
EM-16
SC-3
1
SC-20
Signal plate
EM-73
MT-12 or
AT-115
5
4
EM-59
3
Cylinder block
Piston
Piston ring
4
6
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
EC-79
SC-12
Cylinder head
EM-16
Starter circuit
PNP switch
EM-14
Battery
Alternator circuit
Engine
Cranking
Air duct
FL-3, EM32
Valve deposit
Air
Reference
page
FL-9
Vapor lock
EM-73
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Valve
mechanism
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
Timing chain
EM-37
Camshaft
Intake valve
EM-46
5
5
3
Exhaust valve
Exhaust
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket
Cooling
EM-59
EM-24, EX2
Reference
page
LU-7
CO-11
Thermostat
CO-20
Water pump
Water gallery
CO-18
5
Cooling fan
2
5
CO-7
CO-11
CO-9
EC-58 or
BL-80
EC-80
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EBS00M0X
EC
PBIB1443E
EC-81
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0485E
EC-82
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
A
EC
PBIB0486E
EC-83
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB1444E
EC-84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram
EBS00M0Y
EC
TBWA0323E
EC-85
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TBWA0324E
EC-86
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EBS00M0Z
EC
SEF970W
EBS00MOK
PREPARATION
1.
2.
H
PBIB0493E
3.
Perform all voltage measurements with the connector connected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
MEC486B
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
2
P/L
Warm-up condition
PBIB0519E
[Engine is running]
EC-87
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
PU/R
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
12
G/W
Counter current
return
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 10V
13
[Engine is running]
PBIB0520E
18
R/Y
MI
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
20
W/G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
21
22
23
24
BR
PU
L/R
GY/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0521E
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0522E
EC-88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
25
GY/L
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
EC
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
26
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
27
LG/B
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
Approximately 4.6V
29
B/P
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch ON]
[Engine is running]
30
PU/W
[Engine is running]
A/C switch is ON
(Compressor not operates).
33
W/B
CAN communication
line
Approximately 2.6V
Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
34
L/R
CAN communication
line
Approximately 2.4V
Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
6 - 7V
M
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0523E
36
L/OR
Tachometer signal
6 - 7V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0524E
EC-89
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
37
L/Y
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
40
[Engine is running]
41
B/Y
Start signal
42
B/R
Ignition switch
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Gear position is P or N.
PNP switch
CONSULT-II is disconnected.
R/W
R/Y
LG/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
9 - 14V
LG
Approximately 0V
50
0 - 1.0V
Approximately 0V
G/OR
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
43
Approximately 0V
A/T model
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M/T model
Approximately 5V
Approximately 5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
58
59
60
106
108
B/W
B/W
B/Y
B/Y
Sensors' ground
ECM ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC-90
Approximately 0V
Engine ground
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
1.0 - 4.0V
EC
[Engine is running]
63
L/W
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
C
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
F
PBIB0526E
64
OR/L
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
power supply
Approximately 2.5V
65
Approximately 5V
66
W/L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
67
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.0V
0.4 - 0.8V
J
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
L
71
PU/R
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
[Engine is running]
72
OR
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
EC-91
1.6 - 2.0V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
73
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
74
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
75
R/L
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 1
Engine stopped
0.41 - 0.72V
Engine stopped
76
W/B
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
Engine stopped
0.15 - 0.48V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
80
B/P
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 2.3V
[Engine is running]
81
L/B
PBIB0531E
82
Knock sensor
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC-92
Approximately 2.5V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
83
R/L
Refrigerant pressure
sensor
Warm-up condition
EC
1.0 - 4.0V
(Compressor operates.)
84
Y/G
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with intake
air temperature.
86
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
ground
Approximately 0V
Accelerator pedal
position sensor signal output
0.41 - 0.72V
[Engine is running]
92
93
G/W
BR/Y
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
95
OR/B
Warm-up condition
I
0 - Approximately 1.0V
J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
101
102
103
104
R/B
Y/B
G/B
L/B
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0530E
EC-93
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
107
Y/R
Warm-up condition
PBIB0532E
109
111
W
W
112
W/R
113
W/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
115
B/Y
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Idle speed
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
116
Engine stopped
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-II Function
EBS00M11
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*1
Data monitor
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
other data monitor items can be read.
Active test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
EC-94
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Function test
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
EC
6. Test values
7. Others
INPUT
Item
WORK
SUPPORT
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
ACTIVE
TEST
DTC
WORK
SUPPORT
SRT
STATUS
Wheel sensor
Knock sensor
Battery voltage
Load signal
EC-95
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
DATA
MONITOR
ACTIVE
TEST
Injectors
WORK
SUPPORT
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
Item
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
SRT
STATUS
DTC
WORK
SUPPORT
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-48 .
PBIB0376E
4.
MBIB0233E
5.
Touch ENGINE.
EC-96
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
If ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-34, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
EC
C
SEF995X
6.
G
SEF824Y
WORK ITEM
CONDITION
USAGE
SELF-LEARNING CONT
IDLE CONDITION
IDLE CONDITION
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-20, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
DIAG TROUBLE
CODE
[PXXXX]
FUEL SYS-B1
Description
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
to EC-20, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
EC-97
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Freeze frame data
item*1
Description
The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
: Applicable
MAIN
SIGNALS
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
Description
COOLAN TEMP/S
[C] or [F]
Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during air-fuel ratio feedback control:
RICH ... means the mixture became
rich, and control is being affected
toward a leaner mixture.
LEAN ... means the mixture became
lean, and control is being affected
toward a rich mixture.
EC-98
Remarks
When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
The engine coolant temperature
determined by the ECM is displayed.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
A
Description
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
Remarks
EC
BATTERY VOLT
[V]
INT/A TEMP SE
[C] or [F]
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal.
LOAD SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF]
HEATER FAN SW
[ON/OFF]
BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF]
INJ PULSE-B1
[msec]
EC-99
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
IGN TIMING
[BTDC]
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
Description
Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
input signals.
MASS AIRFLOW
[gm/s]
VIAS S/V
[ON/OFF]
THRTL RELAY
[ON/OFF]
EC-100
Remarks
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
A
Description
COOLING FAN
[HI/LOW/OFF]
AC PRESS SEN
[V]
EC
Remarks
Voltage [V]
Frequency
[msec], [Hz] or [%]
DUTY-HI
DUTY-LOW
PLS WIDTH-HI
PLS WIDTH-LOW
CAN COMM
[OK/NG]
CAN CIRC 1
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 2
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 3
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 4
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 5
[OK/UNKWN]
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-101
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
input
signals
Main
signals
Description
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.
Remarks
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
CONDITION
FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION TIMING
POWER BALANCE
COOLING FAN
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
JUDGEMENT
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
Fuel injectors
Compression
Fuel injectors
Power transistor
Shift lever N
Spark plugs
Ignition coils
Ignition switch: ON
Fuel injectors
EC-102
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TEST ITEM
PURG VOL
CONT/V
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
V/T ASSIGN
ANGLE
JUDGEMENT
Solenoid valve
EC
Solenoid valve
D
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
HO2S1
Test item
Condition
EC-169
EC-178
EC-295
Refer to corresponding
trouble diagnosis for
DTC.
Reference page
EC-301
EC-192
EC-307
EC-315
DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even
though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
EC-103
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Operation
1.
2.
AUTO TRIG
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to Incident Simulation Tests in GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis
for an Electrical Incident" .)
MANU TRIG
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
PBIB0197E
EBS00M12
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
SEF139P
EC-104
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
READINESS TESTS
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
MODE 2
(FREEZE DATA)
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-48, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP
FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
MODE 3
DTCs
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
by ECM.
MODE 1
EC
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
MODE 4
MODE 6
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
MODE 7
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions.
MODE 8
MODE 9
(CALIBRATION ID)
L
PBIB0376E
3.
4.
SEF398S
EC-105
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
5.
SEF416S
EBS00M13
Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication.
Idle
Shift lever: N
2,500 rpm
No-load
Idle
Shift lever: N
2,000 rpm
No-load
A/F ALPHA-B1
54% - 155%
COOLAN TEMP/S
HO2S1 (B1)
ENG SPEED
B/FUEL SCHDL
HO2S2 (B1)
VEH SPEED SE
BATTERY VOLT
ACCEL SEN1
ACCEL SEN2*2
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
LEAN RICH
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer indication.
11 - 14V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.41 - 0.72V
3.2 - 4.9V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.15 - 0.98V
2.98 - 4.9V
EC-106
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN2*2
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
START SIGNAL
THRTL SEN1
P/N POSI SW
PW/ST SIGNAL
LOAD SIGNAL
IGNITION SW
HEATER FAN SW
BRAKE SW
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
INJ PULSE-B1
IGN TIMING
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
OFF ON OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model)
Neutral (M/T model)
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
EC
ON OFF ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
MT: 12 - 16 BTDC
AT: 14 - 18 BTDC
2,000 rpm
25 - 45 BTDC
Idle
10% - 35%
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
2,500 rpm
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
20 - 30%
EC-107
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
VIAS S/V
THRTL RELAY
AC PRESS SEN
Idle
5 - 5CA
Approx. 0 - 20CA
Idle
0% - 2%
Approx. 0% - 50%
Idle
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
ON
COOLING FAN
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
LOW
HIGH
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for one minute
and at idle for one minute under on load
Ignition switch: ON
Engine: Idle
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Vehicle has traveled after MI has
turned ON.
0 - 65,535 km
(0 - 40,723 mile)
Approx. 0V
1.0 - 4.0V
CAN COMM*1
OK
OK
OK
Ignition switch: ON
UNKWN
UNKWN
UNKWN
EC-108
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EBS00M14
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.
F
PBIB0198E
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1) and
INJ PULSE-B1 when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
SEF241Y
EC-109
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0668E
EC-110
PFP:00031
A
EBS00M15
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in DATA MONITOR (SPEC)
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
E
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition
EBS00M16
F
2
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)
Transmission: Warmed-up*1
Inspection Procedure
EBS00M17
NOTE:
Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-1152, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1 and MAS A/F SEB1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-112, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z
EC-111
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M18
SEF613ZD
EC-112
EC
SEF768Z
EC-113
SEF615ZA
EC-114
PFP:00006
A
EBS00M19
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
C
specific malfunctioning area.
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow
Situation
II
The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t].
III
IV
(1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI
The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M1A
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-1142, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
H
>> GO TO 2.
EC-115
PFP:24110
EBS00M1B
TBWA0136E
EC-116
EBS00M1C
A
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damEC
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
12
WIRE
COLOR
G/W
ITEM
Counter current
return
CONDITION
20
W/G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
42
B/R
Ignition switch
59
60
106
108
B/W
B/W
B/Y
B/Y
ECM ground
109
111
W
W
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
0 - 1.0V
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
G
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Engine ground
H
[Ignition switch ON]
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EBS00M1D
1. INSPECTION START
J
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 8.
No
>> GO TO 2.
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0535E
EC-117
10A fuse
PBIB0493E
2.
SEF420X
EC-118
10A fuse
20A fuse
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and ECM relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
PBIB1440E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 11.
EC-119
PBIB0493E
2.
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
SEF860T
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and 10A fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and ECM relay terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
12
109, 111
EC-120
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00M1E
ECM RELAY
1.
2.
Continuity
Yes
OFF
No
3.
J
PBIB0077E
EC-121
PFP:23710
EBS00M1F
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electric control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
EBS00M1G
Trouble diagnosis
name
U1000
1000
CAN communication
line
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
EBS00M1H
EC-122
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M1I
EC
TBWA0157E
EC-123
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M1J
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0538E
>> Go to LAN-5, "CAN SYSTEM (FOR A/T MODELS)" or LAN-12, "CAN SYSTEM (FOR M/T MODELS)" .
EC-124
PFP:23796
A
EBS00M1K
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM
Intake valve
timing control
Actuator
EC
I
PBIB0540E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
EBS00M1L
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
5 - 5CA
Approx. 0 - 20CA
Idle
0% - 2%
Approx. 0% - 50%
EBS00M1M
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-125
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
107
Y/R
Warm-up condition
PBIB0532E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No.
P0011
0011
EBS00M1N
Detecting condition
Possible cause
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items
The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
EBS00M1O
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See
EC-271 .
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
ENG SPEED
COOLANT TEMPS
Selector lever
EC-126
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M1P
EC
J
PBIB0565E
EC-127
PFP:22690
EBS00M1Q
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
ECM function
Heated oxygen sensor 1
heater control
Actuator
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
Engine speed
rpm
Above 3,600
OFF
ON
EBS00M1R
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
EBS00M1S
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
2
P/L
Warm-up condition
PBIB0519E
[Engine is running]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-128
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EBS00M1T
A
DTC No.
P0031
0031
P0032
0032
Trouble diagnosis
name
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit low
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit high
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.)
E
EBS00M1U
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC
SEF058Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-129
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M1V
TBWA0060E
EC-130
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M1W
EC
PBIB0500E
4.
Battery voltage
G
PBIB0541E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-131
Component Inspection
EBS00M1X
Resistance
1 and 4
2 and 1, 3, 4
3 and 1, 2, 4
PBIB0542E
EBS00M1Y
EC-132
PFP:226A0
A
EBS00M1Z
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
ECM function
Actuator
EC
Engine speed
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm
Above 3,600
OFF
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for
one minute and at idle for one minute under no load
F
ON
EBS00M20
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for one
minute and at idle for one minute under on load
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
EBS00M21
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
M
[Engine is running]
PU/R
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
EC-133
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
P0037
0037
P0038
0038
Trouble diagnosis
name
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit low
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit high
EBS00M22
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.)
EBS00M23
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for one minute.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-136, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
EC-134
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M24
EC
TBWA0062E
EC-135
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M25
PBIB0500E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0541E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-136
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00M26
Resistance
1 and 4
2 and 1, 3, 4
3 and 1, 2, 4
PBIB0542E
EBS00M27
EC-137
PFP:22680
EBS00M28
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEC266C
EBS00M29
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,500 rpm
Idle
10% - 35%
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
2,500 rpm
EBS00M2A
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
72
OR
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.6 - 2.0V
[Engine is running]
80
B/P
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
EBS00M2B
EC-138
P0102
0102
P0103
0103
Trouble diagnosis
name
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EC
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EBS00M2C
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
K
SEF058Y
With GST
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-139
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M2D
TBWA0055E
EC-140
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M2E
1. INSPECTION START
EC
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
>> GO TO 4.
J
PBIB0494E
1.
2.
PBIB0495E
3.
Voltage
Approximately 5V
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E
EC-141
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Component Inspection
EBS00M2F
EC-142
Voltage V
Approx. 1.0
1.1 - 1.5
1.6 - 2.0
EC
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4.
5.
6.
EBS00M2G
EC-143
PFP:22630
EBS00M2H
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
SEC266C
<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)
Voltage*
Resistance
25 (77)
3.32
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
1.23
0.31 - 0.37
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 84
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
Trouble diagnosis
name
EBS00M2I
P0112
0112
P0113
0113
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EBS00M2J
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
EC-144
EC
EC-145
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M2K
TBWA0056E
EC-146
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M2L
EC
PBIB0495E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.
H
PBIB0066E
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-147
Component Inspection
EBS00M2M
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
SEC266C
<Reference data>
2.
Resistance k
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
SEF012P
EBS00M2N
EC-148
PFP:22630
A
EBS00M2O
EC
D
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage* V
10 (14)
4.4
Resistance
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 93
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EBS00M2P
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
P0117
0117
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit low input
P0118
0118
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit high
input
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
EC-149
Condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
EBS00M2Q
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-150
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M2R
EC
TBWA0057E
EC-151
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M2S
PBIB0496E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0080E
EC-152
Component Inspection
EBS00M2T
D
PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage* V
10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
Resistance
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
93 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
2.
SEF012P
EBS00M2U
EC-153
PFP:16119
EBS00M2V
PBIB0145E
EBS00M2W
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
EBS00M2X
P0122
0122
P0123
0123
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EBS00M2Y
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-154
EC
C
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-155
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M2Z
TBWA0181E
EC-156
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
C
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
73
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
74
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
Diagnostic Procedure
J
More than 0.36V
K
EBS00M30
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0494E
EC-157
PBIB0494E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-158
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00M31
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
73
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
Fully depressed
Fully released
Fully depressed
74
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
L
PBIB0559E
M
EBS00M32
EC-159
PFP:22630
EBS00M33
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
SEC266C
<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)
Voltage*
Resistance
25 (77)
3.32
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
1.23
0.31 - 0.37
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 84
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
EBS00M34
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
a.
EC-160
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EC
C
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M36
Component Inspection
EBS00M37
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
SEC266C
2.
Resistance k
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
SEF012P
EC-161
EBS00M38
EC-162
PFP:22690
A
EBS00M39
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
EBS00M3A
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
EBS00M3B
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-163
EBS00M3C
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxygen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
SEF301UA
DTC No.
P0132
0132
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
EBS00M3D
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-164
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M3E
EC
TBWA0059E
EC-165
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M3F
PBIB0499E
PBIB0500E
4.
EC-166
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00M3G
M
SEF646Y
6.
SEF217YA
EC-167
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EBS00M3H
EC-168
PFP:22690
A
EBS00M3I
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
EBS00M3J
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
EBS00M3K
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-169
EBS00M3L
SEF010V
DTC No.
P0133
0133
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Injectors
PCV valve
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF338Z
EC-170
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 20 to 50 seconds.)
EC
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
4.0 - 14.5msec
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
SEF339Z
G
SEF658Y
EBS00M3N
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
I
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-171
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M3O
TBWA0059E
EC-172
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M3P
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0494E
>> GO TO 3.
H
I
PBIB0499E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC-173
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-56, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or DTC P0172 (Refer to EC-200 or EC-206 ).
No
>> GO TO 6.
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0495E
EC-174
PBIB0500E
EC
D
PBIB0500E
Component Inspection
EBS00M3Q
EC-175
Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULTII.
Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1).
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
SEF646Y
6.
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC-176
EBS00M3R
EC-177
PFP:22690
EBS00M3S
SEF463R
SEF288D
EBS00M3T
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
EBS00M3U
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-178
EBS00M3V
EC
D
SEF237U
DTC No.
P0134
0134
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
EBS00M3W
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIB0544E
5.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
EC-179
PBIB0545E
SEC750C
EBS00M3X
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIB0543E
EC-180
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M3Y
EC
TBWA0059E
EC-181
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M3Z
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
PBIB0494E
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
EC-182
PBIB0500E
Component Inspection
EBS00M40
G
SEF646Y
6.
K
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
EC-183
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
PBIB0543E
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor;
use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EBS00M41
EC-184
PFP:226A0
A
EBS00M42
EC
D
SEF327R
EBS00M43
CONDITION
HO2S2 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
H
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
rpm quickly.
LEAN RICH
EBS00M44
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
L
[Engine is running]
95
OR/B
Warm-up condition
M
0 - Approximately 1.0V
EBS00M45
SEF305UA
EC-185
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
EBS00M46
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no load.
Let engine idle for two minutes.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-188, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
EC-186
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M48
EC
TBWA0061E
EC-187
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M49
PBIB0494E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-56, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-206 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
EC-188
PBIB0495E
EC
D
PBIB0500E
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Component Inspection
EBS00M4A
EC-189
SEF662Y
6.
Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
PBIB0551E
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-190
EBS00M4B
EC
EC-191
PFP:226A0
EBS00M4C
EBS00M4D
CONDITION
HO2S2 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
LEAN RICH
EBS00M4E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
95
OR/B
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
EBS00M4F
SEF302U
EC-192
P0139
0139
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Injectors
C
EBS00M4G
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30C (32 to 86F).
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
4.
5.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC
PBIB0115E
6.
a.
b.
c.
d.
EBS00M4H
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-193
7.
8.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
If NG, go to EC-196, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-194
PBIB0550E
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M4I
EC
TBWA0061E
EC-195
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M4J
PBIB0494E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1142, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-200 or EC-206 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
EC-196
PBIB0495E
EC
D
PBIB0500E
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Component Inspection
EBS00M4K
EC-197
SEF662Y
6.
Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
PBIB0551E
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-198
EBS00M4L
EC
EC-199
PFP:16600
EBS00M4M
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MI (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor
DTC No.
P0171
0171
Trouble diagnosis
name
ECM
function
Fuel injection control
Actuator
Fuel injectors
Possible cause
Lack of fuel
EBS00M4N
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
WITH GST
1.
2.
EC-200
EC-201
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M4O
TBWA0063E
EC-202
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M4P
EC
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of FUEL PRESSURE CHECK.
EC-203
With CONSULT-II
Install all removed parts.
Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec:
4.0 - 10 gm/sec:
1.
2.
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Install all removed parts.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec:
4.0 - 10 gm/sec:
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-138, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for INJECTORS, EC-388 .
EC-204
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect injector harness connectors.
Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-32 .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
The injector harness connectors should remain connected.
Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from injectors.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
Always replace O-ring with new ones.
G
SEF595Q
EC-205
PFP:16600
EBS00M4Q
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MI (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor
DTC No.
P0172
0172
Trouble diagnosis
name
ECM
function
Fuel injection control
Actuator
Fuel injectors
Possible cause
Injectors
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
WITH GST
1.
2.
EC-206
EC-207
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M4S
TBWA0063E
EC-208
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M4T
EC
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the Instruction of FUEL PRESSURE CHECK.
EC-209
With CONSULT-II
Install all removed parts.
Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec:
4.0 - 10 gm/sec:
1.
2.
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Install all removed parts.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec:
4.0 - 10 gm/sec:
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-138, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for INJECTORS, EC-388 .
EC-210
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect injector harness connectors.
The injector harness connectors should remain connected.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
EC
EC-211
PFP:16119
EBS00MPE
PBIB0145E
EBS00MPF
THRTL SEN1
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
EBS00MPG
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
73
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
EC-212
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
74
Engine stopped
EC
Less than 4.75V
Engine stopped
EBS00MPH
P0222
0222
P0223
0223
F
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
EBS00MPI
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-213
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MPJ
TBWA0178E
EC-214
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MPK
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0925E
I
PBIB0497E
3.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-215
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Component Inspection
EBS00MPL
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
73
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
Fully depressed
74
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released
Fully depressed
6.
7.
8.
PBIB0559E
EBS00MPM
EC-216
EBS00M52
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank- EC
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
ECM function
P0300
0300
P0301
0301
P0302
0302
P0303
0303
P0304
0304
Possible cause
Insufficient compression
Fuel injectors
Lack of fuel
EBS00M53
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON, and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-217
5.
Start engine again and drive at 1,500 to 3,000 rpm for at least 3
minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
NOTE:
Refer to the freeze frame data for the test driving conditions.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-218, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
PBIB0164E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M54
EC-218
With CONSULT-II
Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
EC
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?
H
PBIB0510E
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 7.
4. CHECK INJECTOR
K
MEC703B
EC-219
SEF575Q
SEF156I
Minimum:
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Follow the Instruction of FUEL PRESSURE CHECK.
EC-220
Ignition timing
Specifications
A/T
M/T
700 50 rpm
A/T
M/T
15 5 BTDC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Follow the Basic Inspection.
EC
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec:
4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec:
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-138, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
EC-221
PFP:22060
EBS00M55
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
PBIB0512E
EBS00M56
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
82
WIRE
COLOR
W
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Knock sensor
Approximately 2.5V
Idle speed
EBS00M57
P0327
0327
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328
0328
Knock sensor
DTC No.
Possible Cause
EBS00M58
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
EC-222
EC
C
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-223
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M59
TBWA0064E
EC-224
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M5A
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1.
2.
3.
EC
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1.
I
PBIB0512E
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and knock sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-225
PBIB0494E
Component Inspection
EBS00M5B
KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 M.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590k [at 20C (68F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
SEF478Y
EBS00M5C
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-73, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
EC-226
PFP:23731
A
EBS00M5D
EC
D
PBIB0562E
EBS00M5E
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
EBS00M5F
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 3V
K
[Engine is running]
71
PU/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)
PBIB0527E
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-227
P0335
0335
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS) circuit
EBS00M5G
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Signal plate
EBS00M5H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-228
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M5I
EC
TBWA0327E
EC-229
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M5J
PBIB0494E
2.
3.
PBIB0512E
Harness for open or short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-230
EC
5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Component Inspection
EBS00M5K
EC-231
PBIB0563E
5.
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or
2 (+) - 3 (-)
PBIB0564E
EBS00M5L
EC-232
PFP:23731
A
EBS00M5M
EC
D
PBIB0562E
EBS00M5N
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
H
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
J
63
L/W
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
P0340
0340
EBS00M5O
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Camshaft (Intake)
EC-233
EBS00M5P
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-234
SEF013Y
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M5Q
EC
TBWA0328E
EC-235
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M5R
PBIB0494E
PBIB0496E
3.
EC-236
Harness for open or short between ECM and camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
PBIB0565E
EC-237
Component Inspection
EBS00M5S
PBIB0563E
5.
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or
2 (+) - 3 (-)
PBIB0564E
EBS00M5T
EC-238
PFP:20905
A
EBS00M5U
EC
D
SEF484YF
E
DTC No.
P0420
0420
Possible cause
Exhaust tube
Fuel injectors
Spark plug
H
EBS00M5V
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least one minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for one minute.
5. Select DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION then SRT WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If INCMP of CATALYST changed to COMPLT, go to step 9
7. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
PBIB0822E
EC-239
a.
PBIB0823E
b.
c.
d.
SEF013Y
SEF535Z
EBS00M5W
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (Manifold). During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
PBIB0543E
EC-240
Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 95 and engine ground is very less than
that of ECM terminal 92 and engine ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
does not operate properly. Go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 92 does not switch periodically more than 5
times within 10 seconds at step 5, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133 first. (See EC-169 .)
Diagnostic Procedure
EC
C
PBIB0550E
D
EBS00M5X
K
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC-241
Specifications
A/T
M/T
15 5 BTDC
A/T
M/T
700 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the Basic Inspection.
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1.
2.
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Perform EC-390, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB0568E
SEF575Q
EC-242
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
EC
EC-243
EBS00M5Y
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Actuator
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
EBS00M5Z
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
20 - 30%
EBS00M60
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-244
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC
Approximately 10V
13
C
[Engine is running]
D
PBIB0520E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
P0444
0444
P0445
0445
EBS00M61
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or
shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
EBS00M62
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-245
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M63
TBWA0067E
EC-246
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M64
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
1.
2.
3.
EC
E
PBIB0501E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0148E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and fuse
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-247
PBIB0569E
Component Inspection
EBS00M65
100.0%
Yes
0.0%
No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
PBIB0150E
EC-248
EBS00M66
EC-249
PFP:32702
EBS00M67
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the 4WD/ABS control unit. The combination
meter then sends a signal to the ECM.
EBS00M68
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 2.3V
[Engine is running]
81
L/B
PBIB0531E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
P0500
0500
EBS00M69
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Wheel sensor
Combination meter
EBS00M6A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine.
Read VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
SEF196Y
EC-250
COOLAN TEMP/S
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
6.
EC
C
EBS00M6B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-251
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M6C
LHD MODELS
TBWA0329E
EC-252
EC
TBWA0330E
EC-253
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M6D
EC-254
PFP:49763
A
EBS00M6E
EC
D
PBIB0502E
EBS00M6F
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EBS00M6G
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
J
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
67
0.5 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
M
EBS00M6H
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
EBS00M6I
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-255
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-256
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M6J
EC
TBWA0150E
EC-257
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M6K
PBIB0494E
PBIB0502E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SEF509Y
EC-258
4. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Component Inspection
EBS00M6L
Voltage
Approximately 3.6V
Approximately 0.6V
L
PBIB0570E
EC-259
PFP:23710
EBS00M6M
SEF093X
EBS00M6N
B)
C)
Possible cause
ECM
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items
Malfunction A
EBS00M6O
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-260
EC
C
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M6P
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-260 .
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MODE 4 with GST.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-260 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
EC-261
2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-58, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
Perform EC-39, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-39, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-39, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-262
DTC P0650 MI
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0650 MI
Component Description
PFP:24810
A
EBS00M6Q
Malfunction Indicator (MI) is located on the instrument panel. When the ignition switch is turned ON without
engine running, MI will light up. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, MI should go off. If MI EC
remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.
EBS00M6R
C
DTC No.
P0650
0650
Malfunction indicator
(MI) control circuit
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(MI circuit is open or shorted.)
MI
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when both DTC P0650 and another DTC, which calls for MI to light up, are
detected at the same time.
Detected items
MI circuit
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
EBS00M6S
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-263
DTC P0650 MI
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M6T
TBWA0130E
EC-264
DTC P0650 MI
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M6U
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
PBIB0571E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse block (J/B) and combination meter
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-265
DTC P0650 MI
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
MODEL
LHD
62 (+) - 46 ()
RHD
52 (+) - 59 ()
LHD
46 (+) - 62 ()
RHD
59 (+) - 52 ()
Continuity
Should exist.
PBIB0572E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation for Combination Meter"
(LHD models), DI-42, "Removal and Installation for Combination Meter" (RHD models).
EC-266
PFP:23710
A
EBS00M6V
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
EC
D
SEF093X
EBS00M6W
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
[ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
open or shorted.]
ECM
G
EBS00M6X
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
5.
6.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-267
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M6Y
TBWA0129E
EC-268
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M6Z
EC
E
PBIB0573E
10A fuse
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-267 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
1.
2.
3.
4.
With GST
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select MODE 4 with GST.
Touch ERASE.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-267 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-269
5. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-58, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
Perform EC-39, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-39, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-270
PFP:23796
A
EBS00M70
EC
D
PBIB0195E
EBS00M71
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0% - 2%
Approx. 0% - 50%
EBS00M72
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
CONDITION
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
Y/R
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
P1111
1111
PBIB0532E
DTC No.
J
ITEM
[Engine is running]
107
EBS00M73
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve circuit is open or shorted.)
EC-271
EBS00M74
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Following the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-272
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M75
EC
TBWA0070E
EC-273
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M76
3.
4.
PBIB0511E
PBIB0285E
3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-274
Component Inspection
EBS00M77
Resistance
1 and 2
1 or 2 and ground
F
PBIB0574E
EBS00M78
EC-275
PFP:16119
EBS00M79
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
P1121
1121
EBS00M7A
Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction.
B)
C)
Possible cause
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A or B is detected in the two consecutive trips, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the
MI lights up.
When the malfunction C is detected even in the 1st trip, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items
Malfunction A
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
Malfunction C
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
EBS00M7B
NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
SEF058Y
EC-276
EC
E
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M7C
K
PBIB0518E
EC-277
PFP:16119
EBS00NBU
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or
P1126. Refer to EC-276 or EC-285 .
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
EBS00NBV
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
ON
EBS00NBW
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
112
113
WIRE
COLOR
W/R
W/B
ITEM
CONDITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
115
B/Y
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-278
EBS00NBX
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or
shorted)
EC
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
EBS00NBY
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-279
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NBZ
TBWA0180E
EC-280
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NC0
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0925E
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
M
PBIB0505E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0575E
EC-281
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 112 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-282
9. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
C
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
6
ECM terminal
Continuity
114
Should exist
116
114
116
Should exist
D
PBIB0497E
1.
2.
PBIB0518E
EC-283
EBS00NC1
EC-284
PFP:16119
A
EBS00MPN
Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
C
EBS00MPO
CONDITION
THRTL RELAY
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
ON
EBS00MPP
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
112
113
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
W/R
W/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
P1124
1124
P1126
1126
I
EBS00MPQ
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
shorted)
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
open)
ECM detects a voltage of power source for throttle control motor is excessively low.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
EBS00MPR
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-285
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-286
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MPS
EC
TBWA0153E
EC-287
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MPT
PBIB0505E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0575E
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-288
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 112 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00MPU
Yes
No current supply
No
3.
Continuity
PBIB0098E
EC-289
PFP:16119
EBS00MPV
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
EBS00MPW
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
114
Engine stopped
115
B/Y
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Idle speed
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
116
Engine stopped
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EBS00MPX
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
EBS00MPY
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-290
EC
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-291
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MPZ
TBWA0186E
EC-292
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MQ0
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0925E
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
H
ECM terminal
Continuity
114
Should exist
116
114
116
Should exist
I
PBIB0497E
EC-293
Component Inspection
EBS00MQ1
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0095E
EBS00MQ2
EC-294
PFP:22690
A
EBS00M7X
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
EBS00M7Y
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
EBS00M7Z
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-295
EBS00M80
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently
high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
DTC No.
P1143
1143
Possible cause
Fuel pressure
Injectors
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0546E
EC-296
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
EC
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
PBIB0547E
G
SEC769C
EBS00M82
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
I
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
M
PBIB0543E
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M83
PBIB0494E
EC-297
PBIB0499E
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-56, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-200 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
1.
2.
3.
EC-298
PBIB0495E
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00M84
SEF646Y
6.
M
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
EC-299
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EBS00M85
EC-300
PFP:22690
A
EBS00M86
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
EBS00M87
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
EBS00M88
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-301
EBS00M89
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently
high. The lean output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
DTC No.
P1144
1144
Possible cause
Fuel pressure
Injectors
EBS00M8A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0548E
EC-302
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
EC
PBIB0549E
G
SEC772C
EBS00M8B
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
I
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
M
PBIB0543E
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M8C
PBIB0494E
EC-303
PBIB0499E
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-56, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-206 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
1.
2.
3.
EC-304
PBIB0495E
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
D
PBIB0500E
Component Inspection
EBS00M8D
SEF646Y
EC-305
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EBS00M8E
EC-306
PFP:226A0
A
EBS00M8F
EC
D
SEF327R
EBS00M8G
CONDITION
HO2S2 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
H
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
rpm quickly.
LEAN RICH
EBS00M8H
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
L
[Engine is running]
95
OR/B
Warm-up condition
M
0 - Approximately 1.0V
EBS00M8I
PBIB0554E
EC-307
P1146
1146
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Injectors
EBS00M8J
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30C (32 to 86F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0818E
6.
a.
b.
c.
d.
EBS00M8K
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-308
7.
8.
EC
C
PBIB0550E
EC-309
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M8L
TBWA0061E
EC-310
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M8M
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0494E
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-56, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-206 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
EC-311
PBIB0495E
PBIB0500E
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
Component Inspection
EBS00M8N
EC-312
EC
C
SEF662Y
6.
Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
G
PBIB0551E
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-313
EBS00M8O
EC-314
PFP:226A0
A
EBS00M8P
EC
D
SEF327R
EBS00M8Q
CONDITION
HO2S2 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
H
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
rpm quickly.
LEAN RICH
EBS00M8R
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
L
[Engine is running]
95
OR/B
Warm-up condition
M
0 - Approximately 1.0V
EBS00M8S
SEF259VA
EC-315
P1147
1147
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Injectors
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30C (32 to 86F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0819E
6.
a.
b.
c.
d.
EBS00M8U
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
EC-316
7.
8.
EC
D
PBIB0550E
EC-317
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M8V
TBWA0061E
EC-318
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M8W
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0494E
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-56, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-200 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
EC-319
PBIB0495E
PBIB0500E
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
Component Inspection
EBS00M8X
EC-320
EC
C
SEF662Y
6.
Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
G
PBIB0551E
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-321
EBS00M8Y
EC-322
PFP:00000
A
EBS00M8Z
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Refrigerant pressure
ECM function
Actuator
Cooling
fan control
EC
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
OPERATION
F
M
PBIB0576E
EBS00M90
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EC-323
CONDITION
COOLING FAN
SPECIFICATION
OFF
LOW
HIGH
EBS00M91
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
27
LG/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
37
LY
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
EBS00M92
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1217
1217
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
Cooling fan
Radiator hose
Radiator
Radiator cap
Water pump
Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-29, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-18, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
EC-324
EBS00M93
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres- EC
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF621W
J
SEF646X
5.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-325
SEF621W
SEC163BA
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
MEC475B
EC-326
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M94
EC
TBWA0144E
EC-327
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M95
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0505E
3.
4.
SEF784Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC-332, "PROCEDURE A" .)
EC-328
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at higher speed
than low speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC334, "PROCEDURE B" .)
EC
SEF785Z
Without CONSULT-II
Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Start engine and let it idle.
Set temperature lever at full cold position.
Turn air conditioner switch ON.
Turn blower fan switch ON.
J
PBIB0505E
SEC163BA
EC-329
MEC475B
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check the following for leak
Hose
Radiator
Water pump
Refer to CO-18, "WATER PUMP" .
SLC754A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
SLC755A
EC-330
8. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
EC
3.
SLC343
EC-331
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0577E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.
5.
EC-332
PBIB0504E
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-333
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0251E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible links
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4.
5.
EC-334
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 27 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-3
EC
terminal 2.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Step
OFF
Inspection item
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
EBS00M96
Equipment
Standard
Visual
No blocking
Reference page
Blocked bumper
Coolant mixture
Coolant tester
Coolant level
Visual
Radiator cap
Pressure tester
59 - 98 kPa
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0
EC-335
Step
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
ON*2
Coolant leaks
Visual
No leaks
ON*2
Thermostat
ON*1
Cooling fan
CONSULT-II
Operating
OFF
Negative
ON*3
Coolant temperature
gauge
Visual
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
Visual
OFF*4
10
Visual
OFF
11
Cylinder head
12
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
Component Inspection
EBS00M97
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
SEF745U
(+)
()
Low
High
1, 2
3, 4
SEF734W
EC-336
PFP:16119
A
EBS00MQ3
EC
D
PBIB0145E
EBS00MQ4
Possible cause
EBS00MQ5
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-337
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MQ6
PBIB0518E
EBS00MQ7
EC-338
PFP:16119
A
EBS00MQ8
EC
D
PBIB0145E
EBS00MQ9
Possible cause
G
EBS00MQA
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-339
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MQB
PBIB0518E
EBS00MQC
EC-340
PFP:16119
A
EBS00MQD
EC
Trouble diagnosis
name
Possible cause
P1229
1229
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is shorted.)
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(MAF sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
MAF sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
EBS00MQE
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-341
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MQF
TBWA0183E
EC-342
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MQG
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0925E
I
PBIB0497E
3.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
65
Sensor terminals
EC-280
EC-375
EC-140
EC-413
EC-343
4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
Refrigerant pressure sensor [Refer to ATC-18, "REFRIGERATION SYSTEM" (models with automatic air
conditioner) or (models with manual air conditioner).]
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning component.
EC-344
PFP:32006
A
EBS00M9M
When the gear position is P (A/T models only) or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
EC
EBS00M9N
P/N POSI SW
C
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model)
Neutral (M/T model)
ON
OFF
EBS00M9O
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
43
G/OR
Gear position is P or N.
PNP switch
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
A/T model
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14v)
M/T model
Approximately 5V
EBS00M9P
Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
circuit is open or shorted.]
L
EBS00M9Q
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Possible cause
EC-345
Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Then check the P/N POSI SW signal under the following conditions.
Position (Selector lever)
Known-good signal
N and P position
ON
OFF
3.
4.
5.
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
B/FUEL SCHDL
VHCL SPEED SE
Selector lever
Suitable position
6.
SEF212Y
SEF213Y
EBS00M9R
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
EC-346
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M9S
EC
TBWA0072E
EC-347
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00M9T
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-348
PFP:25320
A
EBS00M9U
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
EC
EBS00M9V
MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EBS00M9W
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
G
[Engine is running]
40
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EBS00M9X
Brake switch
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Driving condition
Normal
When accelerating
Poor acceleration
EBS00M9Y
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC-349
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-350
Wiring Diagram
EBS00M9Z
EC
TBWA0332E
EC-351
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MA0
Stop lamp
Fully released
Not illuminated
Depressed
Illuminated
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0498E
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0117E
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-352
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00MA1
PBIB0498E
EC-353
Continuity
3.
Should exist.
PBIB0118E
EC-354
PFP:18002
A
EBS00MQH
EBS00MQI
ACCEL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.41 - 0.72V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.15 - 0.98V
2.98 - 4.9V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
ON
OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM. Thus, it differs from ECM terminals voltage signal.
EBS00MQJ
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
64
OR/L
Approximately 2.5V
65
Approximately 5V
75
R/L
Engine stopped
0.41 - 0.72V
Engine stopped
EC-355
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
76
86
W/B
Engine stopped
0.15 - 0.48V
Engine stopped
Approximately 0V
EBS00MQK
P2122
2122
P2123
2123
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EBS00MQL
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure with WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-356
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MQM
EC
TBWA0326E
EC-357
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MQN
PBIB0925E
PBIB0498E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0914E
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-358
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-359
Component Inspection
EBS00MQO
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
75
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.41 - 0.72V
Fully depressed
Fully released
0.15 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
76
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
5.
6.
7.
8.
PBIB0561E
EBS00MQP
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-360
PFP:18002
A
EBS00MQQ
EBS00MQR
ACCEL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.41 - 0.72V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.15 - 0.98V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
ON
OFF
*:Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
EBS00MQS
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
64
OR/L
Approximately 2.5V
65
Approximately 5V
75
R/L
Engine stopped
0.41 - 0.72V
Engine stopped
EC-361
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
76
86
W/B
Engine stopped
0.15 - 0.48V
Engine stopped
Approximately 0V
EBS00MQT
P2127
2127
P2128
2128
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EBS00MQU
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-362
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MQV
EC
TBWA0331E
EC-363
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MQW
PBIB0925E
PBIB0498E
3.
Approximately 2.5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0915E
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-364
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-365
Component Inspection
EBS00MQX
75
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
76
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
5.
6.
7.
8.
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
Fully released
0.41 - 0.72V
Fully depressed
Fully released
0.15 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
EBS00MQY
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-366
PFP:16119
A
EBS00MQZ
EC
D
PBIB0145E
EBS00MR0
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
G
Less than 4.75V
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
EBS00MR1
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
K
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
L
Approximately 5V
73
Engine stopped
M
More than 0.36V
Engine stopped
EC-367
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
74
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
EBS00MR2
P2135
2135
Possible cause
Harness or connector
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EBS00MR3
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-368
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MR4
EC
TBWA0182E
EC-369
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MR5
PBIB0925E
PBIB0497E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-370
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4, ECM
EC
terminal 74 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
1.
2.
3.
EC-371
Component Inspection
EBS00MR6
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
73
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
Fully depressed
74
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released
Fully depressed
6.
7.
8.
PBIB0559E
EBS00MR7
EC-372
PFP:18002
A
EBS00MR8
EBS00MR9
ACCEL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.41 - 0.72V
3.2 - 4.9V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.15 - 0.98V
2.98 - 4.9V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
ON
OFF
*:Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
EBS00MRA
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
64
OR/L
Approximately 2.5V
65
Approximately 5V
75
R/L
Engine stopped
0.41 - 0.72V
Engine stopped
EC-373
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
76
86
W/B
Engine stopped
0.15 - 0.48V
Engine stopped
Approximately 0V
EBS00MRB
P2138
2138
Possible cause
Harness or connector
(The APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EBS00MRC
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-374
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MRD
EC
TBWA0325E
EC-375
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MRE
PBIB0925E
PBIB0498E
3.
Voltage (V)
Approximately 2.5
Approximately 5
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0560E
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-376
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-377
Component Inspection
EBS00MRF
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
75
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.41 - 0.72V
Fully depressed
Fully released
0.15 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
76
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
5.
6.
7.
8.
PBIB0561E
EBS00MRG
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-378
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description
PFP:22448
A
EBS00MAY
EC
PBIB0509E
EBS00MAZ
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
H
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
21
22
23
24
BR
PU
L/R
GY/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0521E
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0522E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-379
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MB0
TBWA0404E
EC-380
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
A
EC
TBWA0405E
EC-381
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MB1
PBIB0133E
PBIB0521E
PBIB0579E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 12.
EC-382
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
D
PBIB0580E
PBIB0136E
PBIB0493E
PBIB0581E
EC-383
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
20A fuse
Harness for open and short between ECM relay and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
EC-384
PBIB0509E
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
PBIB0509E
5.
H
SEF107S
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay
14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-385
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Component Inspection
EBS00MB2
3 (+) - 2 (-)
Except 0 or
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0
1 (+) - 2 (-)
SEF371Q
CONDENSER
1.
2.
3.
SEF124Y
EC-386
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EBS00MB3
EC-387
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
Component Description
PFP:16600
EBS00MB4
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
SEF375Z
EBS00MB5
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
B/FUEL SCHDL
INJ PULSE-B1
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
2,000 rpm
EBS00MB6
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
101
102
103
104
R/B
Y/B
G/B
L/B
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0530E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-388
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MB7
EC
TBWA0082E
EC-389
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MB8
1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0133E
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
EC-390
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
D
PBIB0510E
4.
H
PBIB0582E
10A fuse
EC-391
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-392, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace injector.
Component Inspection
EBS00MB9
INJECTOR
1.
2.
PBIB0181E
EBS00MBA
INJECTOR
Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
EC-392
VIAS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
VIAS
Description
PFP:14956
A
EBS00NBJ
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Throttle position
Ignition switch
Start signal
Engine speed
ECM function
Actuator
EC
C
VIAS control
J
PBIB0843E
When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the power valve is fully closed. Under this condition, the
effective suction port length is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collector's suction port
including the intake valve. This long suction port provides increased air intake which results in improved suction efficiency and higher torque generation.
The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine is running at high speed, the ECM sends the
signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power
valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to two suction passages together in the collector.
Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the length of the suction port provided independently for each cylinder. This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output with reduced suction
resistance under high speeds.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Power Valve
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to
control the suction passage of the variable induction air control system. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The
vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid
valve.
PBIB0946E
EC-393
VIAS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.
PBIB0947E
EBS00NBK
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Idle
OFF
ON
EBS00NBL
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
25
GY/L
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
EC-394
VIAS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NBM
EC
TBWA0159E
EC-395
VIAS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NBN
PBIB0844E
3.
PBIB0949E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000 rpm and make sure that
power valve actuator rod moves.
PBIB0949E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (With CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 2.
NG (Without CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 3.
EC-396
VIAS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
With CONSULT-II
Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
Start engine and let it idle.
Perform VIAS SOL VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve ON and OFF, and check
vacuum existence under the following conditions.
1.
2.
3.
EC
Vacuum
ON
Should exist.
OFF
E
PBIB0844E
OK or NG
OK
>> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Condition
12V direct current supply
No supply
Vacuum
Should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
L
PBIB0845E
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Check hoses and tubes between intake manifold and power
valve actuator for crack, clogging, improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-32, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair hoses or tubes.
SEF109L
EC-397
VIAS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0947E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB0173E
10A fuse
8. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-398
VIAS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00NBO
ON
Yes
No
OFF
No
Yes
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No
No supply
No
Yes
VACUUM TANK
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0846E
EC-399
VIAS
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EBS00NBP
EC-400
START SIGNAL
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
START SIGNAL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
PFP:48750
A
EBS00MBB
CONDITION
EC
SPECIFICATION
OFF ON OFF
EBS00MBC
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
41
WIRE
COLOR
B/Y
ITEM
Start signal
CONDITION
Approximately 0V
9 - 14V
EC-401
START SIGNAL
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MBD
TBWA0085E
EC-402
START SIGNAL
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MBE
1. INSPECTION START
EC
START SIGNAL
Ignition switch ON
OFF
ON
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
G
PBIB0182E
Voltage
Battery voltage
Approximately 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0583E
5. CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 10A fuse.
3. Check if 10A fuse is OK.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace 10A fuse.
EC-403
START SIGNAL
[QR25(WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness connectors
Harness for open or short between ignition switch and fuse block (J/B)
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse block (J/B)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-404
PFP:17042
A
EBS00MBF
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
ECM
Function
Fuel pump
control
EC
Actuator
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 180 signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the
engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the 180 signal is not received when the ignition switch
is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving
safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn
controls the fuel pump.
Condition
Operates.
Stops.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
K
PBIB0513E
EBS00MBG
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
EBS00MBH
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-405
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
29
B/P
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch ON]
EC-406
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MBI
EC
TBWA0333E
EC-407
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MBJ
PBIB0517E
PBIB0507E
4.
Battery voltage
10A fuse
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-408
A
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect condenser harness connector.
Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 3 and condenser terminal 1, condenser termi- EC
nal 2 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and condenser
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK CONDENSER
7. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuel pump
Harness for open or short between fuel pump and body ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-409
PBIB0506E
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00MBK
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
PBIB0098E
EC-410
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 3 and 5.
EC
D
PBIB0658E
CONDENSER
1.
2.
3.
SEF124Y
EBS00MBL
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-411
PFP:92136
EBS00MBM
PBIB0503E
SEF099X
EBS00MBN
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
83
R/L
Refrigerant pressure
sensor
Warm-up condition
(Compressor operates.)
EC-412
1.0 - 4.0V
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MBO
EC
TBWA0088E
EC-413
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MBP
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0659E
PBIB0503E
5.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF479Y
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-414
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EBS00MBQ
EC-415
PFP:25350
EBS00MBR
LOAD SIGNAL
HEATER FAN SW
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
EBS00MBS
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]
52
R/W
L/Y
LG/B
EC-416
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MBT
EC
TBWA0402E
EC-417
TBWA0399E
EC-418
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MBU
1. INSPECTION START
EC
LOAD SIGNAL
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
G
PBIB0103E
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
L
PBIB0103E
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
PBIB0103E
EC-419
Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB0660E
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 53 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
PBIB0070E
Voltage
0V
Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
PBIB0661E
EC-420
9. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
Disconnect rear window defogger relay.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and harness connector M17 terminal 1 (RHD models), 5 (LHD models).
C
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open and short between ECM and harness connector M17
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch ON at 2nd position.
3. Check that headlamps are illuminated.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Refer to LT-4, "HEADLAMP" or LT-9, "HEADLAMP - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM -" .
EC-421
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and lighting switch terminal 9, 10 under the following
conditions.
PBIB0662E
Condition
Continuity
Should exist
Harness for open and short between ECM and lighting switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-422
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect A/C AUTO AMP. harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 55 and A/C AUTO AMP. terminal 19.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Harness for open and short between ECM and A/C AUTO AMP.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-423
PFP:24814
EBS00MBV
TBWA0334E
EC-424
PFP:14950
A
EBS00MBW
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
G
PBIB0491E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EC-425
PBIB1446E
EC-426
Component Inspection
EBS00MBX
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B . Orally blow air through port A .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
2. Block port A . Orally blow air through port B .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
EC
D
PBIB0663E
2.
3.
H
SEF552Y
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1.
SEF989X
2.
3.
SEF943S
EC-427
PFP:11810
EBS00MBY
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB0492E
SEF559A
Component Inspection
EBS00MBZ
SEC137A
EC-428
EC
S-ET277
EC-429
PFP:00030
EBS00MC0
EBS00MC1
Air conditioner: ON
In P or N position
Ignition timing
Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
*2: It refrigerant pressure is low, the idle speed may not be increased.
EBS00MC2
10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm
10 - 35
EBS00MC3
Supply voltage
1.1 - 1.5*V
1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec at idle*
4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec at 2,500 rpm*
EBS00MC4
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
0.31 - 0.37
EBS00MC5
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
EBS00MC6
2.3 - 4.3
EBS00MC7
2.3 - 4.3
EBS00MC8
EC-430
EBS00MC9
EBS00MCA
EC
Approximately 1 - 15
Injector
EBS00MCB
13.5 - 17.5
Fuel Pump
EBS00MCC
Approximately 1.0
EC-431
PFP:00024
EBS00NC2
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the Type approval number on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-43, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-513 .
: Applicable : Not applicable
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
CONSULT-II
ECM*2
APP SENSOR
P2138
2138
EC-651
P2122
2122
EC-631
P2123
2123
EC-631
P2127
2127
EC-637
P2128
2128
EC-637
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805
1805
EC-625
U1000
1000*4
EC-513
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
0335
EC-551
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
0340
EC-557
CTP LEARNING
P1225
1225
EC-617
CTP LEARNING
P1226
1226
EC-619
ECM
P0605
0605
1 or 2
or
EC-573
P1065
1065
EC-580
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117
0117
EC-523
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118
0118
EC-523
P1217
1217
EC-603
ETC ACTR
P1121
1121
1 or 2
EC-584
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
P1122
1122
EC-586
ETC MOT
P1128
1128
EC-598
P1124
1124
EC-593
P1126
1126
EC-593
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
0134
EC-534
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
0138
EC-185
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
0139
EC-192
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
0102
EC-516
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
0103
EC-516
MIL/CIRC
P0650
0650
1 or 2
or
EC-576
P1610 - P1615
1610 - 1615
EC-58
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
No DTC
Flashing*3
Flashing*3
EC-59
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
0000
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
P0550
0550
EC-568
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
P1229
1229
EC-621
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0122
0122
EC-528
NATS MALFUNCTION
EC-432
MI lighting
up
Reference page
0123
EC-528
P2135
2135
EC-644
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0222
0222
EC-540
TP SEN 1/CIRC
P0223
0223
EC-540
P0500
0500
EC-563
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
ECM*2
TP SEN 2/CIRC
P0123
TP SENSOR
VEH SPEED
SEN/CIRC*6
EC
EBS00NC4
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the Type approval number on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-43, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-513 .
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
CONSULT-II
ECM*
No DTC
Flashing*3
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
Flashing*3
EC-59
U1000
1000*4
EC-513
P0000
0000
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0102
0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-516
P0103
0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-516
P0117
0117
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-523
P0118
0118
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-523
P0122
0122
TP SEN 2/CIRC
EC-528
P0123
0123
TP SEN 2/CIRC
EC-528
P0134
0134
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-534
P0222
0222
TP SEN 1/CIRC
EC-540
P0223
0223
TP SEN 1/CIRC
EC-540
P0327
0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-546
P0328
0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-546
P0335
0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-551
P0340
0340
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-557
P0500
0500
EC-563
P0550
0550
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
EC-568
P0605
0605
ECM
1 or 2
or
EC-573
P0650
0650
MIL/CIRC
EC-576
P1065
1065
EC-580
P1121
1121
ETC ACTR
1 or 2
EC-584
EC-433
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
EC-586
1124
EC-593
P1126
1126
EC-593
P1128
1128
ETC MOT
EC-598
P1217
1217
EC-603
P1225
1225
CTP LEARNING
EC-617
P1226
1226
CTP LEARNING
EC-619
P1229
1229
SENSOR POWER/CIRC
EC-621
P1610 - P1615
1610 - 1615
NATS MALFUNCTION
EC-58
P1805
1805
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
EC-625
P2122
2122
EC-631
P2123
2123
EC-631
P2127
2127
EC-637
CONSULT-II
ECM*2
P1122
1122
P1124
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
P2128
2128
EC-637
P2135
2135
TP SENSOR
EC-644
P2138
2138
APP SENSOR
EC-651
EC-434
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER
EBS00NDL
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
C
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be perD
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
E
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harness connectors.
F
EBS00NDM
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MI to light up.
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-68, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" .
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution
EBS00NDN
EC-435
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SEF707Y
SEF908W
EC-436
PBIB0090E
MEF040D
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
C
SAT652J
SEF348N
PBIB0513E
EC-437
PRECAUTIONS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SEF709Y
EC-438
SEF708Y
EBS00NDO
PREPARATION
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EBS00NDP
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
Tool name
EC
Description
KV10117100
Heated oxygen
sensor wrench
D
S-NT379
KV10114400
Heated oxygen
sensor wrench
F
S-NT636
EBS00NDQ
Description
Quick connector
release
PBIC0198E
L
S-NT653
Socket wrench
S-NT705
EC-439
PREPARATION
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Tool name
Description
Anti-seize lubricant
(PermatexTM 133AR
or equivalent meeting
MIL specification MILA-907)
S-NT779
EC-440
PFP:23710
A
EBS00NDR
EC
PBIB1442E
EC-441
EBS00NDS
PBIB1445E
EC-442
System Chart
EBS00NDT
A
Input (Sensor)
ECM Function
Output (Actuator)
Fuel injectors
Power transistors
Ignition switch
Battery voltage
Knock sensor
Wheel sensor
Electrical load
EC
F
Cooling fan control
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: These signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
EBS00NDU
Engine speed
Piston position
Throttle position
Gear position
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Battery
Battery voltage
ECM function
Actuator
M
Fuel injectors
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
*1: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
EC-443
During warm-up
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
During deceleration
PBIB0121E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-1229 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal
air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
During warm-up
EC-444
H
SEF337W
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
J
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
EBS00NDV
M
Input Signal to ECM
Engine speed
Piston position
Throttle position
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
EC-445
ECM
function
Ignition
timing control
Actuator
Power transistor
At starting
SEF742M
During warm-up
At idle
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
EBS00NDW
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Refrigerant pressure
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Air conditioner
cut control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
EC-446
Actuator
EBS00NDX
ECM
function
Actuator
EC
Neutral position
Throttle position
Engine speed
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
Fuel cut
control
Fuel injectors
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm with no load (for example, in neutral and engine speed over 1,800
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-443
.
CAN Communication
EBS00NLT
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
M
SKIA0884E
ECM
TCM
EC-447
PFP:00018
EBS00NDZ
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check the idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension
wire which installed between No.1 ignition coil and No.1 spark plug.
NOTE:
For the method of installing the tachometer, EC-448, "IGNITION TIMING" .
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
PBIB0515E
Method B
Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
PBIB0509E
EC-448
Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire.
EC
C
PBIB0516E
G
SEF166Y
K
PBIB0514E
EBS00NE1
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EBS00NE0
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve
by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
EC-449
EBS00NE2
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
PNP switch: ON
Transmission: Warmed-up
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE in DATA MONITOR mode of A/
T system indicates less than 0.9V.
For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF452Y
6.
SEF454Y
EC-450
8.
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
Idle speed
Ignition timing
EC
C
MBIB0238E
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-449, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-449, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI goes off.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.
PBIB0665E
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
Idle speed
Ignition timing
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
EC-451
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idle.
EBS00NE3
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF214Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0508E
The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.
Take care for not to scratch and not to put debris around connection area when servicing, so that
the quick connector keeps sealability with O-rings inside.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-452, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).
To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-16, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
EC-452
4.
Tightening
torque:
Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
Turn ignition switch ON, and check for fuel leakage.
PBIB0670E
Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false
readings.
During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
5.
6.
7.
8.
K
2
EC-453
PFP:00028
EBS00NE4
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Freeze Frame data
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Calibration ID
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
: Applicable
: Not applicable
DTC
CONSULT-II
ECM
*1
*1: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-753 .)
EBS00NE5
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI lights up. The MI lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip>
The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation. When the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-464 .), the DTC is stored in the ECM
memory even in the 1st trip.
EBS00NE6
EC-454
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II does not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. D
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfuncE
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be 0.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
F
I
PBIB0911E
EC-455
PBIB0671E
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-458, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after
approx. 24 hours.
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
EBS00NE7
EC-456
EBS00NE8
DESCRIPTION
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
EC
D
SAT652J
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode I
Ignition switch in
ON position
BULB CHECK
Engine stopped
Engine running
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
Mode II
Ignition switch in
ON position
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
Fail-safe mode
L
Engine stopped
M
Engine running
EC-457
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MI starts
blinking.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
PBIB0092E
Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-458, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-458, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
Condition
ON
OFF
No malfunction.
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
EC-458
H
SEF952W
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The zero is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no
malfunction. (See EC-1119, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx 24 hours.
Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
ON
Lean
OFF
Rich
*Remains ON or OFF
Any condition
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the MI
comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
EC-459
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
PFP:00004
EBS00NE9
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-461 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on EC-463 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
EC-460
SEF234G
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
EC
MBIB0159E
*1
*2
*4
*5
EC-502
EC-461
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP
DESCRIPTION
STEP I
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, EC-462 .
STEP II
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-455 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip)
freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-506, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-469 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
STEP III
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-506, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
STEP IV
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the
(1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-506, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
STEP V
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-465 .) Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-469 .)
STEP VI
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-479 , EC-496 .
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in
GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-506, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
STEP VII
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident
is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM.
(Refer to EC-455, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .)
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
EC-462
SEF907L
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere.
A
Worksheet Sample
EC
MTBL0017
EBS00NEA
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-1199 .
EC-463
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Priority
1
P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P1229 P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0605 ECM
P0650 MI
Fail-safe Chart
EBS00NEB
The ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions is detected due to the open or short circuit.
When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MI illuminates.
DTC No.
P0117
P0118
Detected items
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
ignition switch ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running.
P0122
P0123
P0222
P0223
P2135
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1121
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops,
the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000
rpm or more.
P1122
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124
P1126
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
EC-464
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC No.
Detected items
P1229
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2122
P2123
P2127
P2128
P2138
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening
in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
Basic Inspection
2.
3.
4.
EC
EBS00NEC
1. INSPECTION START
1.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
Headlamp switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
L
SEF976U
5.
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under noload.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3.
EC-465
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
With CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
SEF978U
3.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-449, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 5.
EC-466
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-456, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
>> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.
EC-467
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Stop engine.
Perform EC-449, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 12.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 700 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in P or N position)
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed.
M/T: 700 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
EC-468
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-456, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
>> GO TO 4.
EBS00NED
Injector circuit
EC-469
Fuel
AE
AD
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ENGINE STALL
AA
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
3
4
L
Reference
page
EC-1366
EC-452
EC-1357
EC-1386
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC-465
EC-1331
EC-1193
EC-1202
EC-1209
EC-1214
IDLING VIBRATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HA
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AM
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AL
ENGINE STALL
AK
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
Ignition circuit
Ignition
EC-1389
EC-465
2
2
2
Reference
page
EC-1273,
EC-1275 ,
EC-1281
EC-1222
EC-1229,
EC-671
EC-1235
EC-1240
EC-1246
ECM
EC-1257
3
EC-1262,
EC-1269
EC-699
EC-714
3
EC-705
EC-1362
2
EC-1252
EC-470
EC-1373
EC-1377
ATC-33
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYSTEM ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
A
Fuel
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
EC
Fuel tank
Fuel piping
Vapor lock
Air cleaner
EM-14
5
5
EM-14
5
5
EM-16
1
Alternator circuit
SC-12
3
SC-20
Signal plate
EM-73
MT-12 or
AT-349
5
4
EM-59
3
Cylinder block
Piston
Piston ring
4
6
EM-73
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve
mechanism
Timing chain
Camshaft
EM-37
5
Intake valve
EM-46
5
3
Exhaust valve
EC-471
SC-3
Starter circuit
Cylinder head
EM-16
PNP switch
EM-14
Battery
Air duct
Engine
Cranking
FL-3, EM32
Valve deposit
Air
Reference
page
FL-9
5
EM-59
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket
AE
AD
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AA
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
Exhaust
ENGINE STALL
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
EM-24, EX2
Cooling
Reference
page
LU-7
CO-11
Thermostat
CO-20
Water pump
Water gallery
CO-18
5
Cooling fan
2
5
CO-7
CO-11
CO-9
EC-456 or
BL-80
EC-472
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EBS00NEE
EC
PBIB1443E
EC-473
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0485E
EC-474
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
A
EC
PBIB0486E
EC-475
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PBIB1444E
EC-476
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram
EBS00NEF
EC
TBWA0323E
EC-477
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TBWA0324E
EC-478
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EBS00NEG
EC
SEF970W
EBS00NEH
PREPARATION
1.
2.
H
PBIB0493E
3.
Perform all voltage measurements with the connector connected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
MEC486B
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
2
P/L
Warm-up condition
PBIB0519E
[Engine is running]
EC-479
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
PU/R
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
12
G/W
Counter current
return
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 10V
13
[Engine is running]
PBIB0520E
18
R/Y
MI
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
20
W/G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
21
22
23
24
BR
PU
L/R
GY/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0521E
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0522E
EC-480
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
25
GY/L
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
EC
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
26
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
27
LG/B
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
Approximately 4.6V
29
B/P
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch ON]
[Engine is running]
30
PU/W
[Engine is running]
A/C switch is ON
(Compressor not operates).
33
W/B
CAN communication
line
Approximately 2.6V
Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
34
L/R
CAN communication
line
Approximately 2.4V
Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
6 - 7V
M
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0523E
36
L/OR
Tachometer signal
6 - 7V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0524E
EC-481
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
37
L/Y
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
40
[Engine is running]
41
B/Y
Start signal
42
B/R
Ignition switch
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Gear position is P or N.
PNP switch
CONSULT-II is disconnected.
R/W
R/Y
LG/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
9 - 14V
LG
Approximately 0V
50
0 - 1.0V
Approximately 0V
G/OR
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
43
Approximately 0V
A/T model
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M/T model
Approximately 5V
Approximately 5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
58
59
60
106
108
B/W
B/W
B/Y
B/Y
Sensors' ground
ECM ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC-482
Approximately 0V
Engine ground
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
1.0 - 4.0V
EC
[Engine is running]
63
L/W
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
C
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
F
PBIB0526E
64
OR/L
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
power supply
Approximately 2.5V
65
Approximately 5V
66
W/L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
67
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.0V
0.4 - 0.8V
J
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
L
71
PU/R
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
[Engine is running]
72
OR
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
EC-483
1.6 - 2.0V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
73
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
74
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
75
R/L
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 1
Engine stopped
0.41 - 0.72V
Engine stopped
76
W/B
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
Engine stopped
0.15 - 0.48V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
80
B/P
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 2.3V
[Engine is running]
81
L/B
PBIB0531E
82
Knock sensor
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC-484
Approximately 2.5V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
83
R/L
Refrigerant pressure
sensor
Warm-up condition
EC
1.0 - 4.0V
(Compressor operates.)
84
Y/G
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with intake
air temperature.
86
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
ground
Approximately 0V
Accelerator pedal
position sensor signal output
0.41 - 0.72V
[Engine is running]
92
93
G/W
BR/Y
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
95
OR/B
Warm-up condition
I
0 - Approximately 1.0V
J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
101
102
103
104
R/B
Y/B
G/B
L/B
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0530E
EC-485
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
107
Y/R
Warm-up condition
PBIB0532E
109
111
W
W
112
W/R
113
W/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
115
B/Y
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Idle speed
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
116
Engine stopped
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-II Function
EBS00NEI
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*1
Data monitor
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
other data monitor items can be read.
Active test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
EC-486
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Function test
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
EC
WORK
SUPPORT
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
E
ACTIVE
TEST
INPUT
Item
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
Knock sensor
Battery voltage
Load signal
EC-487
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
ACTIVE
TEST
Injectors
Item
WORK
SUPPORT
OUTPUT
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-455 .
PBIB0376E
4.
MBIB0233E
5.
Touch ENGINE.
EC-488
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
If ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-34, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
EC
C
SEF995X
6.
G
SEF824Y
WORK ITEM
CONDITION
USAGE
SELF-LEARNING CONT
IDLE CONDITION
IDLE CONDITION
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-1119, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
DIAG TROUBLE
CODE
[PXXXX]
FUEL SYS-B1
Description
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
to EC-1119, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
EC-489
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Freeze frame data
item*1
Description
The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
: Applicable
MAIN
SIGNALS
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
Description
COOLAN TEMP/S
[C] or [F]
Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during air-fuel ratio feedback control:
RICH ... means the mixture became
rich, and control is being affected
toward a leaner mixture.
LEAN ... means the mixture became
lean, and control is being affected
toward a rich mixture.
EC-490
Remarks
When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
The engine coolant temperature
determined by the ECM is displayed.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
A
Description
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
Remarks
EC
BATTERY VOLT
[V]
INT/A TEMP SE
[C] or [F]
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal.
LOAD SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF]
HEATER FAN SW
[ON/OFF]
BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF]
INJ PULSE-B1
[msec]
EC-491
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
IGN TIMING
[BTDC]
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
Description
Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
input signals.
MASS AIRFLOW
[gm/s]
VIAS S/V
[ON/OFF]
THRTL RELAY
[ON/OFF]
EC-492
Remarks
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
A
Description
COOLING FAN
[HI/LOW/OFF]
AC PRESS SEN
[V]
EC
Remarks
Voltage [V]
Frequency
[msec], [Hz] or [%]
DUTY-HI
DUTY-LOW
PLS WIDTH-HI
PLS WIDTH-LOW
CAN COMM
[OK/NG]
CAN CIRC 1
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 2
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 3
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 4
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 5
[OK/UNKWN]
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-493
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
input
signals
Main
signals
Description
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.
Remarks
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
CONDITION
FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION TIMING
POWER BALANCE
COOLING FAN
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
JUDGEMENT
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
Fuel injectors
Compression
Fuel injectors
Shift lever N
Power transistor
Spark plugs
Ignition coils
Ignition switch: ON
Fuel injectors
EC-494
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TEST ITEM
PURG VOL
CONT/V
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
V/T ASSIGN
ANGLE
JUDGEMENT
A
Solenoid valve makes an operating
sound.
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
EC
D
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even
though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
Operation
1.
2.
AUTO TRIG
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to Incident Simulation Tests in GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis
for an Electrical Incident" .)
MANU TRIG
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
EC-495
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0197E
EBS00NEJ
Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication.
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
A/F ALPHA-B1
COOLAN TEMP/S
HO2S1 (B1)
ENG SPEED
B/FUEL SCHDL
HO2S2 (B1)
Idle
2,500 rpm
Idle
2,000 rpm
54% - 155%
More than 70C (158F)
EC-496
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)
CONDITION
VEH SPEED SE
BATTERY VOLT
ACCEL SEN1
ACCEL SEN2*2
SPECIFICATION
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
EC
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
rpm quickly
LEAN RICH
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer
indication.
11 - 14V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.41 - 0.72V
3.2 - 4.9V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.15 - 0.98V
2.98 - 4.9V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN2*2
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
START SIGNAL
THRTL SEN1
P/N POSI SW
PW/ST SIGNAL
LOAD SIGNAL
IGNITION SW
HEATER FAN SW
BRAKE SW
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
INJ PULSE-B1
IGN TIMING
OFF ON OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model)
Neutral (M/T model)
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
M
ON OFF ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
MT: 12 - 16 BTDC
AT: 14 - 18 BTDC
2,000 rpm
25 - 45 BTDC
EC-497
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
VIAS S/V
THRTL RELAY
Idle
10% - 35%
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
2,500 rpm
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
20 - 30%
Idle
5 - 5CA
Approx. 0 - 20CA
Idle
0% - 2%
Approx. 0% - 50%
Idle
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
ON
COOLING FAN
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
LOW
HIGH
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for one minute
and at idle for one minute under on load
Ignition switch: ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Vehicle has traveled after MI has
turned ON.
EC-498
0 - 65,535 km
(0 - 40,723 mile)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM
AC PRESS SEN
CONDITION
Engine: Idle
SPECIFICATION
1.0 - 4.0V
EC
CAN COMM*1
OK
OK
OK
Approx. 0V
Ignition switch: ON
UNKWN
UNKWN
UNKWN
EBS00NEK
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.
Below is the data for CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 when depressing the accelerator pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in D position (A/T models) or with shift lever in
1st position (M/T models).
The signal of ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after CLSD THL POS is changed from ON to OFF.
PBIB0198E
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1) and
INJ PULSE-B1 when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
EC-499
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
SEF241Y
EC-500
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
A
EC
PBIB0668E
EC-501
PFP:00031
EBS00NEL
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in DATA MONITOR (SPEC)
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction)
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition
EBS00NEM
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2 , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Transmission: Warmed-up*1
Inspection Procedure
EBS00NEN
NOTE:
Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-465, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1 and MAS A/F SEB1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-503, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z
EC-502
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NEO
EC
SEF613ZD
EC-503
SEF768Z
EC-504
EC
SEF615ZA
EC-505
PFP:00006
EBS00NEP
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
specific malfunctioning area.
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow
Situation
II
The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t].
III
IV
(1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI
The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NEQ
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-455, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 2.
EC-506
PFP:24110
A
EBS00NER
EC
TBWA0136E
EC-507
EBS00NES
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
12
WIRE
COLOR
G/W
ITEM
Counter current
return
CONDITION
20
W/G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
42
B/R
Ignition switch
59
60
106
108
B/W
B/W
B/Y
B/Y
ECM ground
109
111
W
W
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Engine ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EBS00NET
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 8.
No
>> GO TO 2.
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0535E
EC-508
10A fuse
EC
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0493E
2.
SEF420X
EC-509
10A fuse
20A fuse
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and ECM relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
PBIB1440E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 11.
EC-510
D
PBIB0493E
2.
Battery voltage
F
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
SEF860T
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and 10A fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and ECM relay terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
12
109, 111
EC-511
Component Inspection
EBS00NEU
ECM RELAY
1.
2.
Continuity
Yes
OFF
No
3.
EC-512
PFP:23710
A
EBS00ODR
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- EC
tric control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
EBS00ODS
Trouble diagnosis
name
U1000
1000
CAN communication
line
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
EBS00ODT
EC-513
Wiring Diagram
EBS00ODU
TBWA0157E
EC-514
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00ODV
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
EC
PBIB0538E
>> Go to LAN-5, "CAN SYSTEM (FOR A/T MODELS)" or LAN-12, "CAN SYSTEM (FOR M/T MODELS)" .
EC-515
PFP:22680
EBS00NEV
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEC266C
EBS00NEW
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,500 rpm
Idle
10% - 35%
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
2,500 rpm
EBS00NEX
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
72
OR
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.6 - 2.0V
[Engine is running]
80
B/P
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
EBS00NEY
EC-516
P0102
0102
P0103
0103
Trouble diagnosis
name
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EC
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EBS00NEZ
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
K
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
EC-517
EC-518
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NF0
EC
TBWA0055E
EC-519
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NF1
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
PBIB0494E
PBIB0495E
3.
Voltage
Approximately 5V
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E
EC-520
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
EC-521
Component Inspection
EBS00NF2
Voltage V
Approx. 1.0
1.1 - 1.5
1.6 - 2.0
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4.
5.
6.
EBS00NF3
EC-522
PFP:22630
A
EBS00NF4
EC
D
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage* V
10 (14)
4.4
Resistance
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 93
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EBS00NF5
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
P0117
0117
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit low input
P0118
0118
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit high
input
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
EC-523
Condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
EBS00NF6
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-524
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NF7
EC
TBWA0057E
EC-525
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NF8
PBIB0496E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0080E
EC-526
Component Inspection
EBS00NF9
D
PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage* V
10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
Resistance
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
93 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
2.
SEF012P
EBS00NFA
EC-527
PFP:16119
EBS00NFB
PBIB0145E
EBS00NFC
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
EBS00NFD
P0122
0122
P0123
0123
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EBS00NFE
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-528
EC
C
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-529
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NFF
TBWA0181E
EC-530
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
C
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
73
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
74
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
Diagnostic Procedure
J
More than 0.36V
K
EBS00NFG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0494E
EC-531
PBIB0494E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between electric throttle control actuator and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-532
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00NFH
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
73
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
Fully depressed
Fully released
Fully depressed
74
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
L
PBIB0559E
M
EBS00NFI
EC-533
PFP:22690
EBS00NFJ
SEF463R
SEF288D
EBS00NFK
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
EBS00NFL
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-534
EBS00NFM
EC
D
SEF237U
DTC No.
P0134
0134
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
F
EBS00NFN
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
K
SEF646Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIB0543E
EC-535
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NFP
TBWA0059E
EC-536
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NFQ
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0494E
I
PBIB0500E
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
EC-537
Component Inspection
EBS00NFR
SEF646Y
6.
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
EC-538
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
A
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
EC
The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
C
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
PBIB0543E
CAUTION:
D
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor;
use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
E
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EBS00NFS
EC-539
PFP:16119
EBS00NFT
PBIB0145E
EBS00NFU
THRTL SEN1
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
EBS00NFV
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
73
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
EC-540
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
74
Engine stopped
EC
Less than 4.75V
Engine stopped
EBS00NFW
P0222
0222
P0223
0223
F
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
EBS00NFX
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-544, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-541
EC-542
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NFY
EC
TBWA0178E
EC-543
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NFZ
PBIB0925E
PBIB0497E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-544
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00NG0
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
73
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
Fully depressed
74
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released
Fully depressed
6.
7.
8.
PBIB0559E
EBS00NG1
EC-545
PFP:22060
EBS00NG2
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
PBIB0512E
EBS00NG3
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
82
WIRE
COLOR
W
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Knock sensor
Approximately 2.5V
Idle speed
EBS00NG4
P0327
0327
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328
0328
Knock sensor
DTC No.
Possible Cause
EBS00NG5
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
EC-546
EC
C
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-547
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NG6
TBWA0064E
EC-548
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NG7
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1.
2.
3.
EC
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1.
I
PBIB0512E
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and knock sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC-549
PBIB0494E
Component Inspection
EBS00NG8
KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 M.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590k [at 20C (68F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
SEF478Y
EBS00NG9
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-73, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .
EC-550
PFP:23731
A
EBS00NGA
EC
D
PBIB0562E
EBS00NGB
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
EBS00NGC
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 3V
K
[Engine is running]
71
PU/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)
PBIB0527E
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-551
P0335
0335
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS) circuit
EBS00NGD
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Signal plate
EBS00NGE
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Crank engine at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-554, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-552
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NGF
EC
TBWA0327E
EC-553
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NGG
PBIB0494E
2.
3.
PBIB0512E
Harness for open or short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-554
EC
5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-555
Component Inspection
EBS00NGH
PBIB0563E
5.
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or
2 (+) - 3 (-)
PBIB0564E
EBS00NGI
EC-556
PFP:23731
A
EBS00NGJ
EC
D
PBIB0562E
EBS00NGK
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
H
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
J
63
L/W
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
P0340
0340
EBS00NGL
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Camshaft (Intake)
EC-557
EBS00NGM
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Crank engine at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-560, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Start engine and maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-560, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-558
SEF013Y
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NGN
EC
TBWA0328E
EC-559
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NGO
PBIB0494E
PBIB0496E
3.
EC-560
Harness for open or short between ECM and camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
PBIB0565E
EC-561
Component Inspection
EBS00NGP
PBIB0563E
5.
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or
2 (+) - 3 (-)
PBIB0564E
EBS00NGQ
EC-562
PFP:32702
A
EBS00NGR
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the 4WD/ABS control unit. The combination
meter then sends a signal to the ECM.
EC
EBS00NGS
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 2.3V
[Engine is running]
81
L/B
G
PBIB0531E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
P0500
0500
EBS00NGT
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Wheel sensor
Combination meter
K
EBS00NGU
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine.
Read VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-567, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
SEF196Y
EC-563
COOLAN TEMP/S
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
6.
EBS00NGV
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-564
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NGW
LHD MODELS
EC
TBWA0329E
EC-565
TBWA0330E
EC-566
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NGX
EC
EC-567
PFP:49763
EBS00NGY
PBIB0502E
EBS00NGZ
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EBS00NH0
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
67
0.5 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
EBS00NH1
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
EBS00NH2
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-568
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
EC-569
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NH3
TBWA0150E
EC-570
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NH4
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0494E
I
PBIB0502E
3.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SEF509Y
EC-571
4. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Component Inspection
EBS00NH5
Voltage
Approximately 3.6V
Approximately 0.6V
PBIB0570E
EC-572
PFP:23710
A
EBS00NH6
EC
D
SEF093X
EBS00NH7
B)
C)
Possible cause
ECM
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items
Malfunction A
EBS00NH8
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-573
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-574
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NH9
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-573 .
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-456, "How to Erase
DTC ( Without CONSULT-II)" .
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1262 .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-58, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
Perform EC-39, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-39, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-39, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-575
DTC P0650 MI
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0650 MI
Component Description
PFP:24810
EBS00NHA
Malfunction Indicator (MI) is located on the instrument panel. When the ignition switch is turned ON without
engine running, MI will light up. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, MI should go off. If MI
remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.
P0650
0650
Malfunction indicator
(MI) control circuit
EBS00NHB
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(MI circuit is open or shorted.)
MI
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when both DTC P0650 and another DTC, which calls for MI to light up, are
detected at the same time.
Detected items
MI circuit
EBS00NHC
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
EBS00O2O
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the MI circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be
confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EC-576
DTC P0650 MI
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NHD
EC
TBWA0130E
EC-577
DTC P0650 MI
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NHE
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0571E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse block (J/B) and combination meter
EC-578
DTC P0650 MI
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MODEL
LHD
62 (+) - 46 ()
RHD
52 (+) - 59 ()
LHD
46 (+) - 62 ()
RHD
59 (+) - 52 ()
EC
Continuity
Should exist.
G
PBIB0572E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation for Combination Meter"
(LHD models), DI-42, "Removal and Installation for Combination Meter" (RHD models).
EC-579
PFP:23710
EBS00NHF
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
SEF093X
EBS00NHG
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
[ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
open or shorted.]
ECM
EBS00NHH
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSUT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-580
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NHI
EC
TBWA0129E
EC-581
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NHJ
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0573E
10A fuse
WITHOUT CONSUT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 four times.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-582, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> INSPECTION END
EC-582
5. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
A
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-58, "NATS
EC
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
Perform EC-39, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-39, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
C
EC-583
PFP:16119
EBS00NHK
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
P1121
1121
EBS00NHL
Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction.
B)
C)
Possible cause
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A or B is detected in the two consecutive trips, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the
MI lights up.
When the malfunction C is detected even in the 1st trip, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items
Malfunction A
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
Malfunction C
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
EBS00NHM
NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
SEF058Y
EC-584
EC
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NHN
1.
2.
PBIB0518E
EC-585
PFP:16119
EBS00NHO
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or
P1126. Refer to EC-584 or EC-593 .
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
EBS00NHP
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
ON
EBS00NHQ
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
112
113
WIRE
COLOR
W/R
W/B
ITEM
CONDITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
115
B/Y
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
0 - 14V
Engine stopped
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-586
EBS00NHR
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or
shorted)
EC
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
EBS00NHS
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-587
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NHT
TBWA0180E
EC-588
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NHU
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0925E
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
M
PBIB0505E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0575E
EC-589
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 112 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-590
9. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
C
Electric throttle control
actuator terminal
6
ECM terminal
Continuity
114
Should exist
116
114
116
Should exist
D
PBIB0497E
1.
2.
PBIB0518E
EC-591
EBS00NHV
EC-592
PFP:16119
A
EBS00NHW
Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
C
EBS00NHX
CONDITION
THRTL RELAY
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
ON
EBS00NHY
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
112
113
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
W/R
W/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
I
EBS00NHZ
P1126
1126
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
shorted)
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is
open)
ECM detects a voltage of power source for throttle control motor is excessively low.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
EBS00NI0
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-593
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-594
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NI1
EC
TBWA0153E
EC-595
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NI2
PBIB0505E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0575E
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-596
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 112 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00NI3
Yes
No current supply
No
3.
Continuity
PBIB0098E
EC-597
PFP:16119
EBS00NI4
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
EBS00NI5
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
114
Engine stopped
115
B/Y
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Idle speed
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
116
Engine stopped
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EBS00NI6
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
EBS00NI7
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-598
EC
D
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-599
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NI8
TBWA0186E
EC-600
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NI9
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0925E
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
H
ECM terminal
Continuity
114
Should exist
116
114
116
Should exist
I
PBIB0497E
EC-601
Component Inspection
EBS00NIA
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0095E
EBS00NIB
EC-602
PFP:00000
A
EBS00NIC
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Refrigerant pressure
ECM function
Actuator
Cooling
fan control
EC
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
OPERATION
F
M
PBIB0576E
EBS00NID
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EC-603
CONDITION
COOLING FAN
SPECIFICATION
OFF
LOW
HIGH
EBS00NIE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
27
LG/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
37
LY
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
EBS00NIF
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1217
1217
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
Cooling fan
Radiator hose
Radiator
Radiator cap
Water pump
Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-29, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-18, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
EC-604
EBS00NIG
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres- EC
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
SEF621W
4.
5.
J
SEF646X
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-605
SEF621W
SEC163BA
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
MEC475B
EC-606
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NIH
EC
TBWA0144E
EC-607
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NII
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2
No
>> GO TO 4
PBIB0505E
3.
SEF784Z
SEF785Z
EC-608
Without CONSULT-II
Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Start engine and let it idle.
Set temperature lever at full cold position.
Turn air conditioner switch ON.
Turn blower fan switch ON.
EC
PBIB0505E
H
SEC163BA
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
4. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at higher speed than low speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC614, "PROCEDURE B" .)
MEC475B
EC-609
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check the following for leak
Hose
Radiator
Water pump
Refer to CO-18, "WATER PUMP" .
SLC754A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
SLC755A
8. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
3.
EC-610
SLC343
EC-611
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0577E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.
5.
EC-612
PBIB0504E
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-613
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0251E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible links
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4.
5.
EC-614
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 27 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-3
EC
terminal 2.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Step
OFF
Inspection item
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
EBS00NIJ
Equipment
Standard
Visual
No blocking
Reference page
Blocked bumper
Coolant mixture
Coolant tester
Coolant level
Visual
Radiator cap
Pressure tester
59 - 98 kPa
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0
EC-615
Step
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
ON*2
Coolant leaks
Visual
No leaks
ON*2
Thermostat
See CO-20, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER CONTROL VALVE" , and CO11, "RADIATOR" .
ON*1
Cooling fan
CONSULT-II
Operating
OFF
Negative
ON*3
Coolant temperature
gauge
Visual
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
Visual
OFF*4
10
Visual
OFF
11
Cylinder head
12
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
Component Inspection
EBS00NIK
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
SEF745U
(+)
()
Low
High
1, 2
3, 4
SEF734W
EC-616
PFP:16119
A
EBS00NIL
EC
D
PBIB0145E
EBS00NIM
Possible cause
EBS00NIN
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
M
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-617
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NIO
PBIB0518E
EBS00NIP
EC-618
PFP:16119
A
EBS00NIQ
EC
D
PBIB0145E
EBS00NIR
Possible cause
G
EBS00NIS
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
M
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-619
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NIT
PBIB0518E
EBS00NIU
EC-620
PFP:16119
A
EBS00NIV
EC
Trouble diagnosis
name
Possible cause
P1229
1229
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is shorted.)
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(MAF sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
MAF sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
EBS00NIW
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-621
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NIX
TBWA0183E
EC-622
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NIY
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0925E
I
PBIB0497E
3.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM terminal
65
Sensor terminals
EC-588
EC-653
EC-519
EC-734
EC-623
4. CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
EC-624
PFP:25320
A
EBS00NIZ
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
EC
EBS00NJ0
MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EBS00NJ1
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
G
[Engine is running]
40
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EBS00NJ2
Brake switch
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Driving condition
Normal
When accelerating
Poor acceleration
EBS00NJ3
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC-625
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EC-626
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NJ4
EC
TBWA0332E
EC-627
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NJ5
Stop lamp
Fully released
Not illuminated
Depressed
Illuminated
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0498E
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0117E
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-628
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
PBIB0498E
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00NJ6
PBIB0498E
EC-629
Continuity
3.
Should exist.
PBIB0118E
EC-630
PFP:18002
A
EBS00NJ7
EBS00NJ8
ACCEL SEN*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.41 - 0.72V
3.2 - 4.9V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.15 - 0.98V
2.98 - 4.9V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
ON
OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM. Thus, it differs from ECM terminals voltage signal.
EBS00NJ9
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
75
R/L
Engine stopped
0.41 - 0.72V
Engine stopped
76
W/B
Engine stopped
0.15 - 0.48V
Engine stopped
EC-631
EBS00NJA
P2122
2122
P2123
2123
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EBS00NJB
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-632
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NJC
EC
TBWA0326E
EC-633
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NJD
PBIB0925E
PBIB0498E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0914E
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-634
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-635
Component Inspection
EBS00NJE
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
75
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.41 - 0.72V
Fully depressed
Fully released
0.15 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
76
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
5.
6.
7.
8.
PBIB0561E
EBS00NJF
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-636
PFP:18002
A
EBS00NJG
EBS00NJH
ACCEL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.41 - 0.72V
3.2 - 4.9V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.15 - 0.98V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
ON
OFF
*:Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
EBS00NJI
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
64
WIRE
COLOR
OR/L
ITEM
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 power supply
CONDITION
Approximately 2.5V
75
R/L
Engine stopped
0.41 - 0.72V
Engine stopped
76
86
W/B
Engine stopped
0.15 - 0.48V
Engine stopped
EC-637
Approximately 0V
EBS00NJJ
P2127
2127
P2128
2128
EC-638
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EC
EBS00NJK
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-639
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NJL
TBWA0331E
EC-640
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NJM
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0925E
I
PBIB0498E
3.
Approximately 2.5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0915E
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-641
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-642
Component Inspection
EBS00NJN
Terminal
75
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
76
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
5.
6.
7.
8.
Voltage
Fully released
0.41 - 0.72V
Fully depressed
Fully released
0.15 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
G
PBIB0561E
EBS00NJO
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-643
PFP:16119
EBS00NJP
PBIB0145E
EBS00NJQ
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
EBS00NJR
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
73
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
EC-644
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
74
Engine stopped
EC
Less than 4.75V
Engine stopped
EBS00NJS
Possible cause
P2135
2135
Harness or connector
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
EBS00NJT
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-648, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-645
EC-646
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NJU
EC
TBWA0182E
EC-647
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NJV
PBIB0925E
PBIB0497E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0082E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-648
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4, ECM
EC
terminal 74 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
1.
2.
3.
EC-649
Component Inspection
EBS00NJW
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
73
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
Fully depressed
74
(Throttle position sensor 2)
Fully released
Fully depressed
6.
7.
8.
PBIB0559E
EBS00NJX
EC-650
PFP:18002
A
EBS00NJY
EBS00NJZ
ACCEL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.41 - 0.72V
3.2 - 4.9V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.15 - 0.98V
2.98 - 4.9V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
ON
OFF
*:Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
EBS00NK0
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
64
OR/L
Approximately 2.5V
65
Approximately 5V
75
R/L
Engine stopped
0.41 - 0.72V
Engine stopped
EC-651
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
76
86
W/B
Engine stopped
0.15 - 0.48V
Engine stopped
Approximately 0V
EBS00NK1
P2138
2138
Possible cause
Harness or connector
(The APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EBS00NK2
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-652
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NK3
EC
TBWA0325E
EC-653
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NK4
PBIB0925E
PBIB0498E
3.
Voltage (V)
Approximately 2.5
Approximately 5
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0560E
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-654
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-655
Component Inspection
EBS00NK5
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
75
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.41 - 0.72V
Fully depressed
Fully released
0.15 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
76
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
5.
6.
7.
8.
PBIB0561E
EBS00NK6
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-656
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S1 HEATER
Description
PFP:22690
A
EBS00NC5
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
ECM function
Heated oxygen sensor 1
heater control
Actuator
EC
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
E
Engine speed
rpm
Above 3,600
OFF
ON
EBS00NC6
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
EBS00NC7
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
K
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
2
P/L
Warm-up condition
PBIB0519E
[Engine is running]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-657
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NC8
TBWA0075E
EC-658
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NC9
EC
Voltage
Approximately 7.0V
At idle
PBIB0673E
PBIB0519E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
PBIB0500E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0541E
EC-659
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-660
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection
EBS00NCA
Resistance
1 and 4
2 and 3, 4
3 and 1, 2, 4
EC
PBIB0542E
EBS00NCB
EC-661
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S2 HEATER
Description
PFP:226A0
EBS00NCC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
ECM function
Actuator
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm
Above 3,600
OFF
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for
one minute and at idle for one minute under no load
ON
EBS00NCD
CONDITION
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for one minute
and at idle for one minute under on load
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
EBS00NCE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
PU/R
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
EC-662
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NCF
EC
TBWA0077E
EC-663
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NCG
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0675E
PBIB0500E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0541E
EC-664
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1.
2.
3.
EC-665
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection
EBS00NCH
Resistance
1 and 4
2 and 1, 3, 4
3 and 1, 2, 4
PBIB0542E
EBS00NCI
EC-666
IAT SENSOR
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IAT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
A
EBS00NCJ
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
EC
D
SEC266C
<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)
Voltage*
Resistance
25 (77)
3.32
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
1.23
0.31 - 0.37
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 84
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
H
SEF012P
EC-667
IAT SENSOR
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NCK
TBWA0073E
EC-668
IAT SENSOR
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NCL
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0674E
I
PBIB0495E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
M
PBIB0066E
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-669
IAT SENSOR
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection
EBS00NCM
2.
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature C (F)
Resistance k
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
SEC266C
SEF012P
EBS00NCN
EC-670
HO2S1
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S1
Component Description
PFP:22690
A
EBS00NCO
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the front tube. It detects
the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside
air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of
ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately
1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection
pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel
ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
EBS00NCP
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-671
HO2S1
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NCR
TBWA0074E
EC-672
HO2S1
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NCS
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select "HO2S1 MNTR (B1)" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the monitors fluctuate between LEAN and RICH more
than five times in 10 seconds.
EC
SEF820Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Set ECM in "Diagnostic test mode - II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor)".
Refer to EC-459, "DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR" .
4. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the MI comes ON more than five times in 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
K
SAT652J
2. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0494E
EC-673
HO2S1
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0500E
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
Component Inspection
EBS00NCT
EC-674
HO2S1
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3.
4.
5.
EC
C
SEF646Y
6.
G
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC-675
HO2S1
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EBS00NCU
EC-676
HO2S2
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
A
EBS00NCV
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
EC
D
SEF327R
EBS00NCW
CONDITION
HO2S2 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
H
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
rpm quickly.
LEAN RICH
EBS00NCX
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
L
[Engine is running]
95
OR/B
Warm-up condition
EC-677
M
0 - Approximately 1.0V
HO2S2
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NCY
TBWA0076E
EC-678
HO2S2
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NCZ
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0675E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0675E
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0494E
EC-679
HO2S2
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0500E
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
Component Inspection
EBS00ND0
EC-680
HO2S2
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5.
EC
C
SEF662Y
6.
Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
G
PBIB0551E
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-681
HO2S2
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EBS00ND1
EC-682
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description
PFP:22448
A
EBS00NK7
EC
PBIB0509E
EBS00NK8
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
H
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
21
22
23
24
BR
PU
L/R
GY/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0521E
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0522E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-683
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NK9
TBWA0404E
EC-684
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
A
EC
TBWA0405E
EC-685
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NKA
PBIB0133E
PBIB0521E
PBIB0579E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 12.
EC-686
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
D
PBIB0580E
PBIB0136E
PBIB0493E
PBIB0581E
EC-687
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
20A fuse
Harness for open and short between ECM relay and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
EC-688
PBIB0509E
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
PBIB0509E
5.
H
SEF107S
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay
14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-689
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Component Inspection
EBS00NKB
3 (+) - 2 (-)
Except 0 or
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0
1 (+) - 2 (-)
SEF371Q
CONDENSER
1.
2.
3.
SEF124Y
EC-690
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EBS00NKC
EC-691
PFP:14920
EBS00ND2
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM
function
Actuator
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
EBS00ND3
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
20 - 30%
EBS00ND4
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-692
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC
Approximately 10V
13
C
[Engine is running]
D
PBIB0520E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-693
Wiring Diagram
EBS00ND5
TBWA0079E
EC-694
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00ND6
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canister.
Turn ignition switch ON, and select PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle.
EC
F
PBIB0569E
5.
At idle
Vacuum
Should exist.
PBIB0676E
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canister.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
4. Check for vacuum existence at the EVAP purge hose under the
following conditions.
1.
2.
Conditions
At idle
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum
Should not exist.
Should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0676E
EC-695
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0501E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0148E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-696
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
J
PBIB0569E
EC-697
Component Inspection
EBS00ND7
100.0%
Yes
0.0%
No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
PBIB0150E
EBS00ND8
EC-698
PFP:23796
A
EBS00ND9
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM
Intake valve
timing control
Actuator
EC
I
PBIB0540E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
PBIB0195E
EBS00NDA
Shift lever: N
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0% - 2%
Approx. 0% - 50%
EC-699
MONITOR ITEM
EBS00NDB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
107
Y/R
Warm-up condition
PBIB0532E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-700
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NDC
EC
TBWA0080E
EC-701
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NDD
Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
At idle
PBIB0678E
PBIB0532E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
3.
4.
PBIB0511E
PBIB0285E
EC-702
Check the harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM relay.
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0565E
EC-703
Component Inspection
EBS00NDE
Resistance
1 and 2
1 or 2 and ground
PBIB0574E
EBS00NDF
EC-704
PNP SWITCH
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PNP SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:32006
A
EBS00NDG
When the gear position is P (A/T models only) or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
EC
EBS00NDH
P/N POSI SW
C
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model)
Neutral (M/T model)
ON
OFF
EBS00NDI
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]
43
G/OR
Gear position is P or N.
PNP switch
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
A/T model
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14v)
M/T model
Approximately 5V
EC-705
PNP SWITCH
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NDJ
TBWA0081E
EC-706
PNP SWITCH
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NDK
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check the P/N POSI SW signal under the following conditions.
Selector lever position
EC
P and N position
ON
OFF
E
PBIB0102E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 43 and ground under the
following conditions.
Selector lever position
P and N position
Except the above position
Voltage
Approximately 0V
A/T models: Battery voltage
M/T models: Approximately 5V
PBIB0679E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
EC-707
PNP SWITCH
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-708
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
Component Description
PFP:16600
A
EBS00NKD
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
EC
D
SEF375Z
EBS00NKE
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
B/FUEL SCHDL
INJ PULSE-B1
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
2,000 rpm
EBS00NKF
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M
[Engine is running]
101
102
103
104
R/B
Y/B
G/B
L/B
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0530E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-709
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NKG
TBWA0082E
EC-710
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NKH
1. INSPECTION START
EC
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
PBIB0133E
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
L
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
EC-711
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0510E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0582E
10A fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-712
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-713, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace injector.
Component Inspection
EBS00NKI
INJECTOR
1.
2.
K
PBIB0181E
EBS00NKJ
INJECTOR
EC-713
VIAS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
VIAS
Description
PFP:14956
EBS00NKK
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Throttle position
Ignition switch
Start signal
Engine speed
ECM function
VIAS control
Actuator
PBIB0843E
When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the power valve is fully closed. Under this condition, the
effective suction port length is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collector's suction port
including the intake valve. This long suction port provides increased air intake which results in improved suction efficiency and higher torque generation.
The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine is running at high speed, the ECM sends the
signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power
valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to two suction passages together in the collector.
Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the length of the suction port provided independently for each cylinder. This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output with reduced suction
resistance under high speeds.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Power Valve
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to
control the suction passage of the variable induction air control system. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The
vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid
valve.
PBIB0946E
EC-714
VIAS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve
A
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from the
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.
EC
PBIB0947E
EBS00NKL
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Idle
OFF
ON
EBS00NKM
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
25
GY/L
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
EC-715
VIAS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NKN
TBWA0159E
EC-716
VIAS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NKO
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Perform VIAS SOL VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
EC
E
PBIB0844E
3.
PBIB0949E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000 rpm and make sure that
power valve actuator rod moves.
M
PBIB0949E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG (With CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 2.
NG (Without CONSULT-II) >>GO TO 3.
EC-717
VIAS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Vacuum
ON
Should exist.
OFF
PBIB0844E
OK or NG
OK
>> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Condition
12V direct current supply
No supply
Vacuum
Should exist.
Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0845E
Stop engine.
Check hoses and tubes between intake manifold and power
valve actuator for crack, clogging, improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-442, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair hoses or tubes.
SEF109L
EC-718
VIAS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
PBIB0947E
4.
J
PBIB0173E
10A fuse
8. CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-719
VIAS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection
EBS00NKP
ON
Yes
No
OFF
No
Yes
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No
No supply
No
Yes
VACUUM TANK
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0846E
EC-720
VIAS
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EBS00NKQ
EC
EC-721
START SIGNAL
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
START SIGNAL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
PFP:48750
EBS00NKR
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF ON OFF
EBS00NKS
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
41
WIRE
COLOR
B/Y
ITEM
Start signal
CONDITION
Approximately 0V
9 - 14V
EC-722
START SIGNAL
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NKT
EC
TBWA0085E
EC-723
START SIGNAL
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NKU
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
START SIGNAL
Ignition switch ON
OFF
ON
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E
Voltage
Battery voltage
Approximately 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0583E
5. CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 10A fuse.
3. Check if 10A fuse is OK.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace 10A fuse.
EC-724
START SIGNAL
[QR25(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect ignition switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 41 and fuse block (J/B), ignition switch and fuse block EC
(J/B). Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Harness connectors
Harness for open or short between ignition switch and fuse block (J/B)
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse block (J/B)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
EC-725
PFP:17042
EBS00NKV
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
ECM
Function
Fuel pump
control
Actuator
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 180 signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the
engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the 180 signal is not received when the ignition switch
is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving
safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn
controls the fuel pump.
Condition
Operates.
Stops.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
PBIB0513E
EBS00NKW
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
EBS00NKX
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-726
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
29
B/P
0 - 1.0V
EC
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC-727
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NKY
TBWA0333E
EC-728
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NKZ
1.
2.
EC
PBIB0517E
I
PBIB0507E
4.
Battery voltage
M
PBIB0657E
10A fuse
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-729
Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and condenser
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-731, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace condenser.
7. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuel pump
Harness for open or short between fuel pump and body ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-730
PBIB0506E
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00NL0
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
PBIB0098E
EC-731
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 3 and 5.
Resistance: Approximately 1.0 [at 25C (77F)]
PBIB0658E
CONDENSER
1.
2.
3.
SEF124Y
EBS00NL1
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-732
PFP:92136
A
EBS00NL2
EC
D
PBIB0503E
H
SEF099X
EBS00NL3
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
83
R/L
Refrigerant pressure
sensor
Warm-up condition
(Compressor operates.)
EC-733
1.0 - 4.0V
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NL4
TBWA0088E
EC-734
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NL5
EC
E
PBIB0659E
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
PBIB0503E
5.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF479Y
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-735
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EBS00NL6
EC-736
PFP:25350
A
EBS00NL7
LOAD SIGNAL
HEATER FAN SW
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
EC
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
EBS00NL8
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
R/W
L/Y
LG/B
G
[Ignition switch ON]
52
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
H
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
J
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
EC-737
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NL9
TBWA0402E
EC-738
EC
TBWA0399E
EC-739
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NLA
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 5.
LOAD SIGNAL
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB0103E
LOAD SIGNAL
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
PBIB0103E
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
PBIB0103E
EC-740
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 52 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
EC
Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
E
PBIB0660E
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 53 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
J
PBIB0070E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 55 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
0V
Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
PBIB0661E
EC-741
9. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect rear window defogger relay.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and harness connector M17 terminal 1 (RHD models), 5 (LHD models).
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open and short between ECM and harness connector M17
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-742
A
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and lighting switch terminal 9, 10 under the following
conditions.
C
PBIB0662E
Condition
Continuity
Should exist
Harness for open and short between ECM and lighting switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-743
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect A/C AUTO AMP. harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 55 and A/C AUTO AMP. terminal 19.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open and short between ECM and A/C AUTO AMP.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-744
PFP:24814
A
EBS00NLB
EC
TBWA0334E
EC-745
PFP:14950
EBS00NLC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB0491E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EC-746
EC
PBIB1446E
EC-747
Component Inspection
EBS00NLD
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B . Orally blow air through port A .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
2. Block port A . Orally blow air through port B .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
PBIB0663E
2.
3.
SEF552Y
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1.
SEF989X
2.
3.
SEF943S
EC-748
PFP:11810
A
EBS00NLE
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
G
PBIB0492E
SEF559A
Component Inspection
EBS00NLF
SEC137A
EC-749
S-ET277
EC-750
PFP:00030
A
EBS00NLG
EC
EBS00NLH
Air conditioner: ON
In P or N position
Ignition timing
Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
*2: It refrigerant pressure is low, the idle speed may not be increased.
EBS00NLI
G
Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
At idle
10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm
10 - 35
H
EBS00NLJ
Supply voltage
1.1 - 1.5*V
1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec at idle*
4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec at 2,500 rpm*
EBS00NLK
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
0.31 - 0.37
EBS00NLL
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
EBS00NLM
2.3 - 4.3
EBS00NLN
2.3 - 4.3
EBS00NLO
EC-751
EBS00NLP
EBS00NLQ
Approximately 1 - 15
Injector
EBS00NLR
13.5 - 17.5
Fuel Pump
EBS00NLS
Approximately 1.0
EC-752
PFP:00024
A
EBS00MS0
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the Type approval number on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-43, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
EC
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-854 .
C
: Applicable : Not applicable
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
GST*2
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
ECM*3
APP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0121
0121
EC-893
P0731
0731
AT-131
P0732
0732
AT-137
P0733
0733
AT-143
P0734
0734
AT-149
P0710
0710
AT-116
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805
1805
EC-1068
U1000
1000*6
EC-854
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
0335
EC-956
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
0340
EC-962
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301
0301
EC-946
CYL 2 MISFIRE
P0302
0302
EC-946
CYL 3 MISFIRE
P0303
0303
EC-946
CYL 4 MISFIRE
P0304
0304
EC-946
ECM
P0605
0605
1 or 2
or
EC-988
P1065
1065
EC-995
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117
0117
EC-881
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118
0118
EC-881
P1217
1217
EC-1050
P0725
0725
AT-127
ETC ACTR
P1121
1121
1 or 2
EC-1010
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
P1122
1122
EC-1012
P1123
1123
1 or 2
or
EC-1018
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
0171
EC-934
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
0172
EC-940
HO2S1 (B1)
P0132
0132
EC-899
HO2S1 (B1)
P0133
0133
EC-905
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
0134
EC-914
HO2S1 (B1)
P1143
1143
EC-1023
HO2S1 (B1)
P1144
1144
EC-1029
P0031
0031
EC-860
P0032
0032
EC-860
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
0138
EC-921
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
0139
EC-927
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
1146
EC-1035
EC-753
CONSULT-II
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
ECM*
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
1147
EC-1042
P0037
0037
EC-865
P0038
0038
EC-865
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112
0112
EC-876
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113
0113
EC-876
P0011
0011
EC-857
P1111
1111
EC-1005
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
0327
EC-951
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
0328
EC-951
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
0745
AT-163
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
0102
EC-870
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
0103
EC-870
MAF SENSOR
P1102
1102
EC-999
MIL/CIRC
P0650
0650
EC-991
P0300
0300
EC-946
P1610 - P1615
1610 - 1615
EC-790
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
No DTC
Flashing*4
Flashing*4
EC-791
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
0000
P1760
1760
AT-185
P1706
1706
EC-1064
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
0705
AT-110
P0444
0444
EC-972
P0445
0445
EC-972
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
P0550
0550
EC-983
P0750
0750
AT-170
P0755
0755
AT-175
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
0740
AT-158
TCS/CIRC*8
P1212
1212
EC-1049
P0120
0120
1 or 2
or
EC-886
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
P1705
1705
AT-180
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
0420
EC-968
P0720
0720
AT-122
P0500
0500
EC-978
GST*
NATS MALFUNCTION
EC-754
EBS00MS1
A
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the Type approval number on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-43, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to EC
EC-854 .
: Applicable : Not applicable
DTC*1
CONSULT-II
GST*2
ECM*3
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
No DTC
Flashing*4
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
U1000
1000*6
EC-854
P0000
0000
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011
0011
EC-857
P0031
0031
EC-860
P0032
0032
EC-860
P0037
0037
EC-865
P0038
0038
EC-865
P0102
0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-870
P0103
0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-870
P0112
0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-876
P0113
0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-876
P0117
0117
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-881
P0118
0118
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-881
P0120
0120
1 or 2
or
EC-886
P0121
0121
APP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-893
P0132
0132
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-899
P0133
0133
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-905
P0134
0134
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-914
P0138
0138
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-921
P0139
0139
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-927
P0171
0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
EC-934
P0172
0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
EC-940
P0300
0300
EC-946
P0301
0301
CYL 1 MISFIRE
EC-946
P0302
0302
CYL 2 MISFIRE
EC-946
P0303
0303
CYL 3 MISFIRE
EC-946
P0304
0304
CYL 4 MISFIRE
EC-946
P0327
0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-951
P0328
0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-951
P0335
0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-956
P0340
0340
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-962
P0420
0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
EC-968
P0444
0444
EC-972
EC-755
Flashing*4
EC-791
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
ECM*
P0445
0445
EC-972
P0500
0500
EC-978
P0550
0550
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
EC-983
P0605
0605
ECM
1 or 2
or
EC-988
P0650
0650
MIL/CIRC
EC-991
P0705
0705
PNP SW/CIRC
AT-110
P0710
0710
AT-116
AT-122
GST*
P0720
0720
P0725
0725
AT-127
P0731
0731
AT-131
P0732
0732
AT-137
P0733
0733
AT-143
P0734
0734
AT-149
P0740
0740
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-158
P0745
0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
AT-163
P0750
0750
AT-170
P0755
0755
AT-175
P1065
1065
EC-995
P1102
1102
MAF SENSOR
EC-999
P1111
1111
EC-1005
P1121
1121
ETC ACTR
1 or 2
EC-1010
P1122
1122
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
EC-1012
P1123
1123
1 or 2
or
EC-1018
P1143
1143
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-1023
P1144
1144
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-1029
P1146
1146
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-1035
P1147
1147
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-1042
P1212
1212
TCS/CIRC*8
EC-1049
P1217
1217
EC-1050
P1610 - P1615
1610 - 1615
NATS MALFUNCTION
EC-790
P1705
1705
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
AT-180
P1706
1706
EC-1064
P1760
1760
AT-185
P1805
1805
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
EC-1068
EC-756
PRECAUTIONS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER
EBS00NBR
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
C
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be perD
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
E
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harness connectors.
F
EBS00MS3
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MI to light up.
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-68, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" .
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution
EBS00MS4
EC-757
PRECAUTIONS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
SEF707Y
SEF908W
EC-758
PBIB0090E
MEF040D
PRECAUTIONS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
C
SAT652J
SEF348N
PBIB0513E
EC-759
PRECAUTIONS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
SEF709Y
EC-760
SEF708Y
EBS00MS5
PREPARATION
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EBS00MS6
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
Tool name
EC
Description
KV10117100
Heated oxygen
sensor wrench
D
S-NT379
KV10114400
Heated oxygen
sensor wrench
F
S-NT636
EBS00MS7
Description
Quick connector
release
PBIC0198E
L
S-NT653
Socket wrench
S-NT705
EC-761
PREPARATION
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Tool name
Description
Anti-seize lubricant
i.e.: (PermatexTM
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL
specification MIL-A907)
S-NT779
EC-762
PFP:23710
A
EBS00MS8
EC
PBIB0488E
EC-763
EBS00MS9
PBIB0489E
EC-764
System Chart
EBS00MSA
A
Input (Sensor)
ECM Function
Output (Actuator)
Fuel injectors
Power transistors
Ignition switch
Battery voltage
Knock sensor
Wheel sensor
Electrical load
EC
F
Cooling fan control
EBS00MSB
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: These signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
Sensor
J
Input Signal to ECM
Engine speed
Piston position
Throttle position
Gear position
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Battery
Battery voltage
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
*1: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
EC-765
ECM function
Actuator
M
Fuel injection & mixture ratio
control
Fuel injectors
During warm-up
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
During deceleration
PBIB0121E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-899 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal airfuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
During warm-up
EC-766
I
SEF337W
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
EC-767
EBS00MSC
Engine speed
Piston position
Throttle position
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Ignition
timing control
Actuator
Power transistor
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best airfuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A BTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
At starting
SEF742M
During warm-up
At idle
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
EBS00MSD
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Refrigerant pressure
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
EC-768
ECM function
Air conditioner
cut control
Actuator
EC
EBS00MSE
Neutral position
Throttle position
Engine speed
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Actuator
E
Fuel cut
control
Fuel injectors
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm with no load (for example, in neutral and engine speed over 1,800
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-765
.
CAN Communication
EBS00NBG
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
SKIA0884E
ECM
TCM
EC-769
SKIA0885E
ECM
Steering wheel
angle sensor
R
T
EC-770
PFP:00018
A
EBS00MSG
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
EC
E
SEF058Y
With GST
F
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
J
PBIB0515E
Method B
Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
PBIB0509E
Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire.
PBIB0516E
EC-771
SEF166Y
PBIB0514E
EBS00MSI
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EBS00MSH
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve
by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
EBS00MSJ
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
EC-772
PNP switch: ON
EC
Transmission: Warmed-up
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE in DATA MONITOR mode of A/
T system indicates less than 0.9V.
For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
E
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
J
SEF452Y
6.
SEF454Y
7.
8.
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
MBIB0238E
EC-773
Ignition timing
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-772, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-772, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI goes off.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.
PBIB0665E
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
Idle speed
Ignition timing
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
EC-774
EBS00MSK
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
H
SEF214Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
L
PBIB0508E
The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.
Take care for not to scratch and not to put debris around connection area when servicing, so that
the quick connector keeps sealability with O-rings inside.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-775, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).
To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-16, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.
Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover.
EC-775
Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
Turn ignition switch ON, and check for fuel leakage.
PBIB0670E
Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false
readings.
During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
5.
6.
7.
8.
PBIB0669E
At idling:
EC-776
PFP:00028
A
EBS00MSL
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
EC
Emission-related diagnostic information
ISO Standard
Calibration ID
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
: Applicable
: Not applicable
DTC
Freeze Frame
data
SRT code
Test value
CONSULT-II
GST
*1
ECM
*2
*1: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
*2: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-753 .)
EBS00MSM
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI lights up. The MI lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip>
The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MI, and store
DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
: Applicable
MI
DTC
1st trip
Items
: Not applicable
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
Blinking
Blinking
Lighting
up
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) DTC: P0300 P0304 is being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) DTC: P0300 P0304 is being detected
Except above
EC-777
2nd trip
Lighting
up
EBS00MSN
: Applicable
: Not applicable
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
1st trip
DTC*1
Reference page
CONSULT-II
GST*2
ECM*3
U1000
1000*6
EC-854
P0000
0000
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011
0011
EC-857
P0031
0031
*4
EC-860
P0032
0032
*4
EC-860
P0037
0037
*4
EC-865
P0038
0038
*4
EC-865
P0102
0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-870
P0103
0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-870
P0112
0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-876
P0113
0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-876
P0117
0117
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-881
P0118
0118
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-881
P0120
0120
EC-886
P0121
0121
APP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-893
EC-899
P0132
0132
HO2S1 (B1)
P0133
0133
HO2S1 (B1)
*4
EC-905
P0134
0134
HO2S1 (B1)
*4
EC-914
P0138
0138
HO2S2 (B1)
*4
EC-921
P0139
0139
HO2S2 (B1)
*4
EC-927
P0171
0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
EC-934
P0172
0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
EC-940
P0300
0300
EC-946
P0301
0301
CYL 1 MISFIRE
EC-946
P0302
0302
CYL 2 MISFIRE
EC-946
P0303
0303
CYL 3 MISFIRE
EC-946
P0304
0304
CYL 4 MISFIRE
EC-946
P0327
0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-951
P0328
0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-951
P0335
0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-956
P0340
0340
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-962
EC-968
P0420
0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0444
0444
EC-972
P0445
0445
EC-972
P0500
0500
EC-978
P0550
0550
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
EC-983
P0605
0605
ECM
EC-988
EC-778
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
1st trip
DTC*1
Reference page
MIL/CIRC
EC-991
0705
PNP SW/CIRC
AT-110
P0710
0710
AT-116
P0720
0720
AT-122
P0731
0731
AT-131
P0732
0732
AT-137
P0733
0733
AT-143
P0734
0734
AT-149
P0740
0740
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-158
CONSULT-II
GST*2
ECM*3
P0650
0650
P0705
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
P0745
0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
AT-163
P0750
0750
AT-170
P0755
0755
AT-175
P1065
1065
EC-995
P1102
1102
MAF SENSOR
EC-999
P1111
1111
EC-1005
P1121
1121
ETC ACTR
EC-1010
P1122
1122
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
EC-1012
P1123
1123
EC-1018
P1143
1143
HO2S1 (B1)
*4
EC-1023
P1144
1144
HO2S1 (B1)
*4
EC-1029
P1146
1146
HO2S2 (B1)
*4
EC-1035
EC-1042
P1147
1147
HO2S2 (B1)
P1212
1212
TCS/CIRC*8
EC-1049
P1217
1217
EC-1050
P1610 - P1615
1610 - 1615
NATS MALFUNCTION
EC-790
P1705
1705
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
AT-180
P1706
1706
EC-1064
P1760
1760
AT-185
P1805
1805
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
EC-1068
EC-779
EC
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if
available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be 0.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
PBIB0911E
EC-780
Items
Freeze frame data
EC
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-788, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
EC-781
Performance
Priority*1
CATALYST
P0420
HO2S
P0132
P0133
P0134
P1143
P1144
P0138
P0139
P1146
P1147
P0031, P0032
P0037, P0038
HO2S HTR
*1: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.
Case 1
Case 2
NG exists
Case 3
Ignition cycle
ON OFF ON
Diagnosis
ON
P0400
OK (1)
(1)
OK (2)
(2)
P0402
OK (1)
(1)
(1)
OK (2)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
(2)
(2)
SRT of EGR
CMPLT
CMPLT
CMPLT
CMPLT
P0400
OK (1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
P0402
(0)
(0)
OK (1)
(1)
OFF
OFF
ON
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
(2)
(2)
SRT of EGR
INCMP
INCMP
CMPLT
CMPLT
P0400
OK
OK
P0402
P1402
NG
NG
NG
(Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip)
DTC
DTC
(= MI ON)
SRT of EGR
INCMP
INCMP
INCMP
CMPLT
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate CMPLT. Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. Case 2 above
EC-782
The SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
The emissions inspection requires CMPLT of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
C
When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to CMPLT of SRT, the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate INCMP.
D
NOTE:
SRT can be set as CMPLT together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates CMPLT.
E
EC-783
SEF573XB
*1
EC-780
*2
EC-784
*3
EC-782
EC-784
PBIB0666E
EC-785
PBIB0667E
EC-786
Sea level
C
Flat road
The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of 10 to 35C (14 to 95F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 93 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70C (158F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 93 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
Pattern 2:
When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con- G
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
I
The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h J
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
K
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
2. Repeat driving pattern shown at right at least 10 times.
M
SEF414S
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
Items for which these data (test value and test limit) are displayed are the same as SRT code items (14 test
items).
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be displayed on the GST screen.
EC-787
: Not applicable
CATALYST
HO2S
Test limit
Application
01H
Max.
09H
04H
Max.
0AH
84H
Min.
0BH
04H
Max.
0CH
04H
Max.
0DH
04H
Max.
19H
86H
Min.
1AH
86H
Min.
1BH
06H
Max.
1CH
06H
Max.
29H
08H
Max.
2AH
88H
Min.
2DH
0AH
Max.
2EH
8AH
Min.
TID
CID
01H
EC-788
EC
J
SEF966X
1.
2.
3.
4.
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-791, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after
approx. 24 hours.
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Diagnostic trouble codes
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
Freeze frame data
1st trip freeze frame data
EC-789
EBS00MSO
EBS00MSP
DESCRIPTION
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode I
Ignition switch in
ON position
BULB CHECK
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
Engine stopped
Engine running
EC-790
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode II
Ignition switch in
ON position
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
A
This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
EC
Engine stopped
Engine running
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MI starts
blinking.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
EC-791
PBIB0092E
Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-791, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-791, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
Condition
ON
OFF
No malfunction.
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
EC-792
EC
SEF952W
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The zero is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no
malfunction. (See EC-753, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC791, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx 24 hours.
Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
In this mode, the MI displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MI
ON
Lean
OFF
Rich
*Remains ON or OFF
Any condition
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the MI
comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
EBS00MSQ
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on. For details, refer to EC-777, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
EC-793
The MI will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
the counter will reset.
The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The TIME in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items
MI (goes off)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
(clear)
Misfire
Other
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
80 (pattern C)
80 (pattern C)
40 (pattern A)
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern B)
*1, *2
*1, *2
1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under Fuel Injection System and Misfire, see EC-796 .
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see EC-798 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
EC-794
EC
SEF392SA
EC-795
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70C (158F), T should be lower than 70C (158F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70C (158F), T should be higher than or
equal to 70C (158F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80C (176F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70C
(158F)
The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1).
The C counter will be counted up when (1) is satisfied without the same malfunction.
The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EC-796
EC
SEF393SA
EC-797
AEC574
The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
EC-798
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
PFP:00004
A
EBS00MSR
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
EC
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
H
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-800 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on EC-802 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
L
SEF234G
EC-799
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
MBIB0159E
*1
*2
*4
*5
EC-786
EC-843
*6
EC-800
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP
DESCRIPTION
STEP I
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, EC-801 .
STEP II
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-788 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip)
freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-847, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-809 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
STEP III
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-847, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
STEP IV
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the
(1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-847, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
STEP V
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-805 .) Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-809 .)
STEP VI
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-819 , EC-838 .
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in
GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-847, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
STEP VII
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident
is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-788, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" and AT-39, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
EC-801
SEF907L
EC
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere.
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
EBS00MSS
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-854 .
EC-802
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Priority
1
P0605 ECM
P0650 MI
P0710-P0725, P0740-P0755, P1705 P1760 A/T related sensors and solenoid valves
EC
Fail-safe Chart
M
EBS00MST
The ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions is detected due to the open or short circuit.
When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MI illuminates.
DTC No.
P0102
P0103
P1102
Detected items
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EC-803
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC No.
P0117
P0118
Detected items
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
ignition switch ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running.
P0120
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Condition
When engine is idling
When accelerating
EC-804
Driving condition
Normal
Poor acceleration
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Basic Inspection
EBS00MSU
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
EC
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
C
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
D
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
E
Headlamp switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
F
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
G
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
H
I
SEF976U
5.
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under noload.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3
EC-805
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
With CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
SEF978U
3.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-772, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 5.
EC-806
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-790, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
>> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.
EC-807
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Stop engine.
Perform EC-772, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 12.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in P or N position)
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
EC-808
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-790, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
>> GO TO 4.
EBS00MSV
Injector circuit
EC-809
Fuel
AE
AD
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ENGINE STALL
AA
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
3
4
L
Reference
page
EC-1092
EC-775
EC-1083
EC-1112
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC-805
EC-1074
EC-848
EC-870,
EC-999
EC-881
EC-886
IDLING VIBRATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HA
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AM
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AL
ENGINE STALL
AK
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
Ignition circuit
Ignition
EC-1115
EC-805
2
Reference
page
EC-1010,
EC-1012 ,
EC-1018
EC-893
EC-899,
EC-905 ,
EC-914 ,
EC-1023 ,
EC-1029
EC-951
EC-956
EC-962
3
3
ECM
EC-983
3
EC-988,
EC-995
EC-857,
EC-1005
EC-1064
EC-1088
2
EC-978
EC-810
EC-1099
EC-1103
ATC-33
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYSTEM ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
A
Fuel
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
EC
Fuel tank
Fuel piping
Vapor lock
Air cleaner
EM-14
5
5
EM-14
5
5
EM-16
1
Alternator circuit
SC-12
3
SC-20
Signal plate
EM-73
MT-12 or
AT-115
5
4
EM-59
3
Cylinder block
Piston
Piston ring
4
6
EM-73
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve
mechanism
Timing chain
Camshaft
EM-37
5
Intake valve
EM-46
5
3
Exhaust valve
EC-811
SC-3
Starter circuit
Cylinder head
EM-16
PNP switch
EM-14
Battery
Air duct
Engine
Cranking
FL-3, EM32
Valve deposit
Air
Reference
page
FL-9
5
EM-59
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket
AE
AD
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AA
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
Exhaust
ENGINE STALL
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
EM-24, EX2
Cooling
Reference
page
LU-7
CO-11
Thermostat
CO-20
Water pump
Water gallery
CO-18
5
Cooling fan
2
5
CO-7
CO-11
CO-9
EC-790 or
BL-80
1
2
EC-812
EC-1049 or
BRC-64
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EBS00MSW
EC
PBIB0484E
EC-813
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0485E
EC-814
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
A
EC
PBIB0486E
EC-815
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0487E
EC-816
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram
EBS00MSX
EC
TBWA0052E
EC-817
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TBWA0053E
EC-818
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EBS00MSY
EC
SEF970W
EBS00MSZ
PREPARATION
1.
2.
H
PBIB0493E
3.
Perform all voltage measurements with the connector connected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
MEC486B
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
2
P/L
Warm-up condition.
[Engine is running]
EC-819
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
PU/R
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
12
R/B
Counter current
return
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 10V
13
[Engine is running]
PBIB0520E
18
R/Y
MI
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
20
W/G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
21
22
23
24
BR
PU
L/R
GY/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0521E
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0522E
[Engine is running]
26
[Engine is running]
EC-820
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
27
LG/B
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC
0 - 1.0V
29
B/P
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
30
PU/W
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
A/C switch is ON
(Compressor not operates).
Approximately 4.6V
33
B/W
(With A/T)
W
(With M/T)
CAN communication
line
Approximately 2.6V
Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
34
L/R
(With A/T)
R
(With M/T)
CAN communication
line
Approximately 2.4V
Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
6 - 7V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0523E
36
L/OR
Tachometer signal
6 - 7V
M
[Engine is running]
PBIB0524E
[Engine is running]
37
LG
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
40
[Engine is running]
41
B/Y
Start signal
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
9 - 14V
EC-821
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
42
WIRE
COLOR
B/R
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch OFF]
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Ignition switch
[Ignition switch ON]
43
G/OR
PNP switch
LG
Gear position is P or N.
50
R/W
R/Y
LG/B
Approximately 0V
A/T model
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M/T model
Approximately 5V
Approximately 5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
58
59
60
106
108
B
B
B/Y
B/Y
Sensors' ground
ECM ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Engine ground
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
63
L/W
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
64
OR/L
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
power supply
EC-822
Approximately 2.5V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
65
66
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
W/L
CONDITION
Approximately 5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
67
[Engine is running]
EC
0.5 - 4.0V
0.4 - 0.8V
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
71
PU/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
F
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
[Engine is running]
72
OR
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.6 - 2.0V
73
Engine stopped
L
More than 0.36V
Engine stopped
EC-823
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
74
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
75
R/L
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 1
Engine stopped
0.41 - 0.71V
Engine stopped
76
B/W
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
Engine stopped
0.09 - 0.48V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
80
B/P
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 2.3V
[Engine is running]
81
L/B
PBIB0531E
82
Knock sensor
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
83
R/L
Refrigerant pressure
sensor
Warm-up condition
1.0 - 4.0V
(Compressor operates.)
84
Y/G
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with intake
air temperature.
86
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
ground
Approximately 0V
Accelerator pedal
position sensor signal output
EC-824
0.41 - 0.71V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
EC
[Engine is running]
92
93
G/W
BR/Y
OR/B
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with
engine coolant temperature.
0 - Approximately 1.0V
[Engine is running]
95
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
101
102
103
104
R/B
Y/B
G/B
L/B
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0530E
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
K
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
107
Y/R
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
M
PBIB0532E
109
111
112
113
W
W
W/R
W/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC-825
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
114
Engine stopped
115
B/Y
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Idle speed
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
116
Engine stopped
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-II Function
EBS00MT0
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*1
Data monitor
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
other data monitor items can be read.
Active test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes
6. Test values
7. Others
EC-826
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
A
INPUT
OUTPUT
Item
WORK
SUPPORT
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
DTC
WORK
SUPPORT
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
Wheel sensor
Knock sensor
SRT
STATUS
Battery voltage
Load signal
Injectors
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-780 .
EC
EC-827
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
2.
3.
PBIB0376E
4.
MBIB0233E
5.
Touch ENGINE.
If ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-34, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
SEF995X
6.
SEF824Y
CONDITION
USAGE
EC-828
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
WORK ITEM
CONDITION
USAGE
SELF-LEARNING CONT
IDLE CONDITION
IDLE CONDITION
EC
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-753, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
E
Description
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
to EC-753, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
FUEL SYS-B1
The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
EC-829
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
: Applicable
MAIN
SIGNALS
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
Description
COOLAN TEMP/S
[C] or [F]
Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during air-fuel ratio feedback control:
RICH ... means the mixture became
rich, and control is being affected
toward a leaner mixture.
LEAN ... means the mixture became
lean, and control is being affected
toward a rich mixture.
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
BATTERY VOLT
[V]
INT/A TEMP SE
[C] or [F]
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
EC-830
Remarks
When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
The engine coolant temperature
determined by the ECM is displayed.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF]
LOAD SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal.
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF]
HEATER FAN SW
[ON/OFF]
BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF]
INJ PULSE-B1
[msec]
A
Description
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
IGN TIMING
[BTDC]
Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
input signals.
MASS AIRFLOW
[gm/s]
EC-831
Remarks
EC
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
Description
THRTL RELAY
[ON/OFF]
COOLING FAN
[HI/LOW/OFF]
Remarks
Voltage [V]
Frequency
[msec], [Hz] or [%]
DUTY-HI
DUTY-LOW
PLS WIDTH-HI
PLS WIDTH-LOW
EC-832
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
Monitored item
[Unit]
MAIN
SIGNALS
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
CAN COMM
[OK/NG]
CAN CIRC 1
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 2
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 3
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 4
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 5
[OK/UNKWN]
A
Description
Remarks
EC
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
ECM
input
signals
Main
signals
Description
Remarks
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.
FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION TIMING
JUDGEMENT
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
EC-833
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
TEST ITEM
Fuel injectors
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TEST ITEM
POWER BALANCE
COOLING FAN
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
PURG VOL
CONT/V
CONDITION
Compression
Fuel injectors
Power transistor
Spark plugs
Ignition coils
Fuel injectors
Solenoid valve
Shift lever N
Ignition switch: ON
V/T ASSIGN
ANGLE
JUDGEMENT
HO2S1
Test item
Condition
EC-905
EC-914
Refer to corresponding
trouble diagnosis for
DTC.
Reference page
EC-1023
EC-1029
EC-927
EC-1035
EC-1042
EC-834
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
Description
DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even
though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
G
Operation
1.
2.
AUTO TRIG
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to Incident Simulation Tests in GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis
for an Electrical Incident" .)
MANU TRIG
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
EC-835
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0197E
EBS00MT1
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
MODE 1
READINESS TESTS
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
MODE 2
(FREEZE DATA)
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-780, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP
FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
MODE 3
DTCs
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
by ECM.
EC-836
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic test mode
Function
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
MODE 4
MODE 6
MODE 7
MODE 8
MODE 9
EC
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions.
(CALIBRATION ID)
I
PBIB0376E
3.
4.
M
SEF398S
5.
SEF416S
EC-837
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EBS00MT2
Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Run engine and compare the CONSULT-II value with tachometer indication.
Idle
Shift lever: N
2,500 rpm
No-load
Idle
Shift lever: N
2,000 rpm
No-load
A/F ALPHA-B1
54% - 155%
COOLAN TEMP/S
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S2 (B1)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
LEAN RICH
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer indication.
11 - 14V
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
0.41 - 0.71V
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
0.15 - 0.97V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN2*2
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
START SIGNAL
Ignition switch: ON
ON
Engine stopped
OFF
OFF
ON
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model)
Neutral (M/T model)
ON
OFF
ENG SPEED
B/FUEL SCHDL
VEH SPEED SE
BATTERY VOLT
ACCEL SEN1
ACCEL SEN2*2
THRTL SEN1
P/N POSI SW
Ignition switch: ON
EC-838
OFF ON OFF
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM
PW/ST SIGNAL
LOAD SIGNAL
IGNITION SW
HEATER FAN SW
BRAKE SW
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
Engine: After warming up
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
THRTL RELAY
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
MT: 12 - 16 BTDC
AT: 14 - 18 BTDC
2,000 rpm
25 - 45 BTDC
IGN TIMING
Ignition switch: ON
INJ PULSE-B1
SPECIFICATION
EC
ON OFF ON
H
Idle
10% - 35%
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
2,500 rpm
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
20 - 30%
Idle
5 - 5CA
M
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
quickly
Approx. 0 - 20CA
Idle
0% - 2%
Approx. 0% - 50%
OFF
ON
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
ON
EC-839
ON
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
COOLING FAN
AC PRESS SEN
OFF
LOW
HIGH
OFF
Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of
70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
ON
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
Engine: Idle
SPECIFICATION
ON
0 - 65,535 km
(0 - 40,723 mile)
Approx. 0V
1.0 - 4.0V
CAN COMM*1
OK
OK
OK (A/T models)
UNKWN (M/T models with ESP)
CAN CIRC 3*
Ignition switch: ON
UNKWN
UNKWN
*1: These items are not applied for M/T models without ESP.
*2: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
EBS00MT3
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.
PBIB0198E
EC-840
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1) and A
INJ PULSE-B1 when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
EC
SEF241Y
EC-841
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0668E
EC-842
PFP:00031
A
EBS00MT4
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in DATA MONITOR (SPEC)
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
E
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition
EBS00MT5
F
2
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)
Transmission: Warmed-up*1
Inspection Procedure
EBS00MT6
NOTE:
Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-1152, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1 and MAS A/F SEB1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-844, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z
EC-843
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MT7
SEF613ZD
EC-844
EC
SEF768Z
EC-845
SEF615ZA
EC-846
PFP:00006
A
EBS00MT8
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
C
specific malfunctioning area.
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow
Situation
II
The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t].
III
IV
(1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI
The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MT9
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-1142, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
H
>> GO TO 2.
EC-847
PFP:24110
EBS00MTA
TBWA0054E
EC-848
EBS00MTB
A
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damEC
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
12
WIRE
COLOR
R/B
ITEM
Counter current
return
CONDITION
20
W/G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
42
B/R
Ignition switch
59
60
106
108
B
B
B/Y
B/Y
ECM ground
109
111
W
W
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
0 - 1.0V
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
G
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Engine ground
H
[Ignition switch ON]
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EBS00MTC
1. INSPECTION START
J
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 8.
No
>> GO TO 2.
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0535E
EC-849
10A fuse
PBIB0493E
2.
SEF420X
EC-850
10A fuse
20A fuse
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and ECM relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
PBIB0536E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 11.
EC-851
PBIB0493E
2.
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
SEF860T
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and 10A fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and ECM relay terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
12
109, 111
EC-852
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00MTD
ECM RELAY
1.
2.
Continuity
Yes
OFF
No
3.
J
PBIB0077E
EC-853
PFP:23710
EBS00MTE
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electric control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
EBS00MTF
Trouble diagnosis
name
U1000
1000
CAN communication
line
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
EBS00MTG
EC-854
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MTH
EC
TBWA0096E
EC-855
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MTI
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0538E
PBIB0539E
>> Go to LAN-5, "CAN SYSTEM (FOR A/T MODELS)" or LAN-12, "CAN SYSTEM (FOR M/T MODELS)" .
EC-856
PFP:23796
A
EBS00MTJ
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM
Intake valve
timing control
Actuator
EC
I
PBIB0540E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
EBS00MTK
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
5 - 5CA
Approx. 0 - 20CA
Idle
0% - 2%
Approx. 0% - 50%
EBS00MTL
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-857
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
107
Y/R
Warm-up condition
PBIB0532E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
DTC No.
P0011
0011
EBS00MTM
Detecting condition
Possible cause
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items
The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
EBS00MTN
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1111. See
EC-1005 .
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
ENG SPEED
COOLANT TEMPS
Selector lever
EC-858
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MTO
EC
J
PBIB0565E
EC-859
PFP:22690
EBS00MTP
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
ECM function
Heated oxygen sensor 1
heater control
Actuator
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
Engine speed
rpm
Above 3,600
OFF
ON
EBS00MTQ
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
EBS00MTR
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
2
P/L
Warm-up condition
PBIB0519E
[Engine is running]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-860
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EBS00MTS
A
DTC No.
P0031
0031
P0032
0032
Trouble diagnosis
name
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit low
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit high
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.)
E
EBS00MTT
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC
SEF058Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-861
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MTU
TBWA0060E
EC-862
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MTV
EC
PBIB0500E
4.
Battery voltage
G
PBIB0541E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-863
Component Inspection
EBS00MTW
Resistance
1 and 4
2 and 1, 3, 4
3 and 1, 2, 4
PBIB0542E
EBS00MTX
EC-864
PFP:226A0
A
EBS00MTY
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
ECM function
Actuator
EC
Engine speed
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
E
Engine speed rpm
Above 3,800
OFF
Below 3,800
ON
EBS00MTZ
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a speed
of 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
ON
OFF
EBS00MU0
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
PU/R
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
EC-865
L
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
P0037
0037
P0038
0038
Trouble diagnosis
name
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit low
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit high
EBS00MU1
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.)
EBS00MU2
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle and let engine idle for at least 6 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-868, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle and let engine idle for at least 6 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine.
Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle and let engine idle for at least 6 seconds.
Select MODE 3 with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-868, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
EC-866
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MU3
EC
TBWA0062E
EC-867
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MU4
PBIB0500E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0541E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-868
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00MU5
Resistance
1 and 4
2 and 1, 3, 4
3 and 1, 2, 4
PBIB0542E
EBS00MU6
EC-869
PFP:22680
EBS00MU7
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEC266C
EBS00MU8
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,500 rpm
Idle
10% - 35%
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
2,500 rpm
EBS00MU9
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
72
OR
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.6 - 2.0V
[Engine is running]
80
B/P
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
EBS00MUA
EC-870
P0102
0102
P0103
0103
Trouble diagnosis
name
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EC
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EBS00MUB
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
K
SEF058Y
With GST
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-871
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MUC
TBWA0055E
EC-872
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MUD
1. INSPECTION START
EC
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
>> GO TO 4.
J
PBIB0494E
1.
2.
PBIB0495E
3.
Voltage
Approximately 5V
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E
EC-873
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Component Inspection
EBS00MUE
EC-874
Voltage V
Approx. 1.0
1.1 - 1.5
1.6 - 2.0
EC
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4.
5.
6.
EBS00MUF
EC-875
PFP:22630
EBS00MUG
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
SEC266C
<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)
Voltage*
Resistance
25 (77)
3.32
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
1.23
0.31 - 0.37
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 84
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
Trouble diagnosis
name
EBS00MUH
P0112
0112
P0113
0113
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EBS00MUI
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
EC-876
EC
EC-877
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MUJ
TBWA0056E
EC-878
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MUK
EC
PBIB0495E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.
H
PBIB0066E
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-879
Component Inspection
EBS00MUL
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
SEC266C
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature C (F)
Resistance k
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
SEF012P
2.
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
EBS00MUM
EC-880
PFP:22630
A
EBS00MUN
EC
D
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage* V
10 (14)
4.4
Resistance
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 93
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EBS00MUO
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
P0117
0117
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit low input
P0118
0118
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit high
input
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
EC-881
Condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
EBS00MUP
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-882
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MUQ
EC
TBWA0057E
EC-883
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MUR
PBIB0496E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0080E
EC-884
Component Inspection
EBS00MUS
D
PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage* V
10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
Resistance
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
93 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
2.
SEF012P
EBS00MUT
EC-885
PFP:16119
EBS00MUU
PBIB0145E
EBS00MUV
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
EBS00MUW
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
73
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
EC-886
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
74
Engine stopped
EC
Less than 4.75V
Engine stopped
P0120
0120
EBS00MUX
B)
C)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The throttle position sensor 1 or 2 circuit
is open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The throttle position sensor 1, 2, accelerator pedal position sensor 1, 2, mass
air flow sensor, power steering pressure
sensor or refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
E)
F)
ECM
(ECM pin terminal is bend or break.)
Malfunction A
Malfunction B
Malfunction C*
Malfunction D
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Detected items
*: The ECM enters in the fail-safe mode when the normal signal is entered to the ECM after the malfunction C was detected.
EBS00MUY
NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A, B, C AND D first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION E. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed,
perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION F.
EC-887
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-888
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MUZ
EC
TBWA0058E
EC-889
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MV0
MALFUNCTIONING A, B, C, AND D
PBIB0494E
PBIB0497E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0082E
Harness for short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
Harness for short between ECM and mass air flow sensor
Harness for short between ECM and power steering pressure sensor
EC-890
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-891
MALFUNCTION E AND F
PBIB0518E
Component Inspection
EBS00MV1
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
73
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
74
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
Fully depressed
Fully released
Fully depressed
PBIB0559E
EBS00MV2
EC-892
PFP:18002
A
EBS00MV3
EBS00MV4
ACCEL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
0.41 - 0.71V
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
0.15 - 0.97V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
ON
OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differs from
ECM terminals voltage signal.
EBS00MV5
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Sensors' ground
64
OR/L
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
power supply
Approximately 2.5V
65
Approximately 5V
75
R/L
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 1
Engine stopped
0.41 - 0.71V
Engine stopped
EC-893
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
76
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
B/W
86
Engine stopped
0.09 - 0.48V
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
ground
Engine stopped
Approximately 0V
EBS00MV6
P0121
0121
B)
C)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items
Malfunction A
Malfunction B
Malfunction C
EBS00MV7
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-894
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MV8
EC
TBWA0091E
EC-895
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MV9
PBIB0494E
PBIB0498E
3.
Voltage (V)
Approximately 2.5
Approximately 5
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0560E
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-896
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00MVA
EC-897
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
75
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
Fully depressed
Fully released
0.09 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
76
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
4.
PBIB0561E
EBS00MVB
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-898
PFP:22690
A
EBS00MVC
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
EBS00MVD
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
EBS00MVE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-899
EBS00MVF
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxygen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
SEF301UA
DTC No.
P0132
0132
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
EBS00MVG
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-900
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MVH
EC
TBWA0059E
EC-901
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MVI
PBIB0499E
PBIB0500E
4.
EC-902
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00MVJ
M
SEF646Y
6.
SEF217YA
EC-903
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EBS00MVK
EC-904
PFP:22690
A
EBS00MVL
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
EBS00MVM
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-905
EBS00MVO
SEF010V
DTC No.
P0133
0133
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Injectors
PCV valve
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF338Z
EC-906
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 20 to 50 seconds.)
EC
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
4.0 - 14.5msec
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
SEF339Z
G
SEF658Y
EBS00MVQ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
I
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-907
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MVR
TBWA0059E
EC-908
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MVS
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0494E
>> GO TO 3.
H
I
PBIB0499E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC-909
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-788, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or DTC P0172 (Refer to EC-934 or EC-940 ).
No
>> GO TO 6.
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0495E
EC-910
PBIB0500E
EC
D
PBIB0500E
Component Inspection
EBS00MVT
EC-911
Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULTII.
Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1).
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
SEF646Y
6.
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC-912
EBS00MVU
EC-913
PFP:22690
EBS00MVV
SEF463R
SEF288D
EBS00MVW
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
EBS00MVX
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-914
EBS00MVY
EC
D
SEF237U
DTC No.
P0134
0134
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
EBS00MVZ
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIB0544E
5.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
EC-915
PBIB0545E
SEC750C
EBS00MW0
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIB0543E
EC-916
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MW1
EC
TBWA0059E
EC-917
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MW2
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
PBIB0494E
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
EC-918
PBIB0500E
Component Inspection
EBS00MW3
G
SEF646Y
6.
K
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
EC-919
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
PBIB0543E
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor;
use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EBS00MW4
EC-920
PFP:226A0
A
EBS00MW5
EC
D
SEF327R
EBS00MW6
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1)
EBS00MW7
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
95
OR/B
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
K
EBS00MW8
SEF305UA
DTC No.
P0138
0138
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
EC-921
EBS00MW9
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-924, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF189Y
EBS00MWA
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 1.4V during this procedure.
If NG, go to EC-924, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB0550E
EC-922
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MWB
EC
TBWA0061E
EC-923
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MWC
PBIB0494E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-788, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-940 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
EC-924
PBIB0495E
EC
D
PBIB0500E
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Component Inspection
EBS00MWD
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
EC-925
SEF662Y
4.
Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
PBIB0551E
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 (HO2S signal) and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 4, step 5 is not necessary.
5. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
PBIB0550E
procedure.
6. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EBS00MWE
EC-926
PFP:226A0
A
EBS00MWF
EC
D
SEF327R
EBS00MWG
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1)
EBS00MWH
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
95
OR/B
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
K
EBS00MWI
SEF302U
DTC No.
P0139
0139
EC-927
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Injectors
EBS00MWJ
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
COMPLETED will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests COND1, COND2 and
COND3 are completed.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from step 2 in
Procedure for COND1.
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
ENG SPEED
B/FUEL SCHDL
COOLANT TEMP/S
70 - 105 C
Selector level
Suitable position
PBIB0552E
NOTE:
If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
If COMPLETED already appears at COND2 on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.
EC-928
1.
EC
PBIB0553E
2.
SEF668Y
EBS00MWK
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should change at more than 0.06V for 1 second
during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should change at more than 0.06V for 1 second
PBIB0550E
during this procedure.
If NG, go to EC-931, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-929
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MWL
TBWA0061E
EC-930
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MWM
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0494E
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1142, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-934 or EC-940 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
EC-931
PBIB0495E
PBIB0500E
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
Component Inspection
EBS00MWN
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
EC-932
EC
C
SEF662Y
4.
Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
G
PBIB0551E
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 4, step 5 is not necessary.
5. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
PBIB0550E
procedure.
6. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EBS00MWO
EC-933
PFP:16600
EBS00MWP
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MI (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor
DTC No.
P0171
0171
Trouble diagnosis
name
ECM
function
Fuel injection control
Actuator
Fuel injectors
Possible cause
Lack of fuel
EBS00MWQ
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
WITH GST
1.
2.
EC-934
EC-935
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MWR
TBWA0063E
EC-936
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MWS
EC
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
5.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the instruction of FUEL PRESSURE CHECK.
EC-937
With CONSULT-II
Install all removed parts.
Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec:
4.0 - 10 gm/sec:
1.
2.
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Install all removed parts.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec:
4.0 - 10 gm/sec:
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-870, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for INJECTORS, EC-1083 .
EC-938
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect injector harness connectors.
Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
The injector harness connectors should remain connected.
Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from injectors.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
Always replace O-ring with new ones.
G
SEF595Q
EC-939
PFP:16600
EBS00MWT
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MI (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor
DTC No.
P0172
0172
Trouble diagnosis
name
ECM
function
Fuel injection control
Actuator
Fuel injectors
Possible cause
Injectors
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
WITH GST
1.
2.
EC-940
EC-941
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MWV
TBWA0063E
EC-942
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MWW
EC
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the Instruction of FUEL PRESSURE CHECK.
EC-943
With CONSULT-II
Install all removed parts.
Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec:
4.0 - 10 gm/sec:
1.
2.
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Install all removed parts.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec:
4.0 - 10 gm/sec:
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-870, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for INJECTORS, EC-1083 .
EC-944
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-32, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect injector harness connectors.
The injector harness connectors should remain connected.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
EC
EC-945
EBS00MWX
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
ECM function
On board diagnosis of misfire
P0300
0300
P0301
0301
P0302
0302
P0303
0303
P0304
0304
Possible cause
Insufficient compression
Fuel injectors
Lack of fuel
EBS00MWY
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch ON, and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-946
5.
Start engine again and drive at 1,500 to 3,000 rpm for at least 3
minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
NOTE:
Refer to the freeze frame data for the test driving conditions.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-947, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
EC
C
PBIB0164E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MWZ
1. Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalysts and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace it.
EC-947
With CONSULT-II
Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?
PBIB0510E
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 7.
4. CHECK INJECTOR
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1083,
"INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
MEC703B
EC-948
EC
E
SEF575Q
I
SEF156I
Minimum:
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Follow the Instruction of FUEL PRESSURE CHECK.
EC-949
Ignition timing
Specifications
A/T
M/T
650 50 rpm
A/T
M/T
14 5 BTDC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Follow the Basic Inspection.
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec:
4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec:
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-870, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
EC-950
PFP:22060
A
EBS00MX0
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a EC
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
C
E
PBIB0512E
EBS00MX1
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
82
WIRE
COLOR
W
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 2.5V
Idle speed
I
EBS00MX2
P0327
0327
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328
0328
Knock sensor
DTC No.
Possible Cause
L
EBS00MX3
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
[Engine is running]
Knock sensor
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
EC-951
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-952
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MX4
EC
TBWA0064E
EC-953
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MX5
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1.
2.
3.
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1.
PBIB0512E
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and knock sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
EC-954
>> GO TO 5.
D
PBIB0494E
Component Inspection
EBS00MX6
KNOCK SENSOR
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
J
SEF478Y
EBS00MX7
KNOCK SENSOR
EC-955
PFP:23731
EBS00MX8
PBIB0562E
EBS00MX9
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Run engine and compare the CONSULT-II value with tachometer indication.
EBS00MXA
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
71
PU/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)
PBIB0527E
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-956
EBS00MXB
A
DTC No.
P0335
0335
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS) circuit
Possible cause
EC
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Signal plate
D
EBS00MXC
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
J
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-957
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MXD
TBWA0065E
EC-958
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MXE
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0494E
I
PBIB0512E
2.
3.
M
PBIB0664E
Harness for open or short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-959
5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-960
Component Inspection
EBS00MXF
EC
PBIB0563E
5.
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or
2 (+) - 3 (-)
H
PBIB0564E
EBS00MXG
EC-961
PFP:23731
EBS00MXH
PBIB0562E
EBS00MXI
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
63
L/W
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
P0340
0340
EBS00MXJ
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Camshaft (Intake)
EC-962
EBS00MXK
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch "ON".
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
WITH GST
SEF013Y
EC-963
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MXL
TBWA0066E
EC-964
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MXM
1.
2.
PBIB0494E
L
PBIB0496E
3.
EC-965
Harness for open or short between ECM and camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
PBIB0565E
EC-966
Component Inspection
EBS00MXN
EC
D
PBIB0563E
5.
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
F
Except 0 or
2 (+) - 3 (-)
PBIB0564E
EBS00MXO
EC-967
PFP:20905
EBS00MXP
DTC No.
P0420
0420
Possible cause
Exhaust tube
Fuel injectors
Spark plug
EBS00MXQ
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION then SRT WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If INCMP of CATALYST changed to COMPLT, go to step 7
5. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
PBIB0566E
EC-968
EC
C
PBIB0567E
7.
8.
G
SEF535Z
EBS00MXR
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (Manifold). During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminal 92 (HO2S1 signal) and engine ground, and ECM terminal 95 (HO2S2 signal)
and engine ground.
Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
M
PBIB0543E
5.
Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 95 and engine ground is very less than
that of ECM terminal 92 and engine ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
(manifold) does not operate properly. Go to EC-970, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 92 does not switch periodically more than 5
times within 10 seconds at step 5, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133 first. (See EC-905 .)
EC-969
PBIB0550E
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MXS
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Specifications
A/T
M/T
14 5 BTDC
A/T
M/T
650 50 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Follow the Basic Inspection.
EC-970
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1.
2.
3.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Perform EC-1085, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB0568E
J
SEF575Q
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
EC-971
EBS00MXT
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Actuator
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
EBS00MXU
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
20 - 30%
EBS00MXV
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-972
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC
Approximately 10V
13
C
[Engine is running]
D
PBIB0520E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
P0444
0444
P0445
0445
EBS00MXW
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or
shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
EBS00MXX
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-973
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MXY
TBWA0067E
EC-974
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MXZ
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
1.
2.
3.
EC
E
PBIB0501E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0148E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and fuse
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-975
PBIB0569E
Component Inspection
EBS00MY0
100.0%
Yes
0.0%
No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
PBIB0150E
EC-976
EBS00MY1
EC-977
PFP:32702
EBS00MY2
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the ESP/TCS/ABS control unit (with ESP models), 4WD/ABS control unit (without ESP models). The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM.
EBS00MY3
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 2.3V
[Engine is running]
81
L/B
PBIB0531E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
P0500
0500
EBS00MY4
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Wheel sensor
Combination meter
EBS00MY5
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Start engine.
EC-978
3.
4.
5.
Read VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-982, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
6.
EC
C
SEF196Y
F
EBS00MY6
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-979
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MY7
LHD MODELS
TBWA0068E
EC-980
EC
TBWA0069E
EC-981
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MY8
EC-982
PFP:49763
A
EBS00MY9
EC
D
PBIB0502E
EBS00MYA
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EBS00MYB
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
J
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
67
0.5 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
M
EBS00MYC
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
EBS00MYD
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-983
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-984
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MYE
EC
TBWA0087E
EC-985
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MYF
PBIB0494E
PBIB0502E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SEF509Y
EC-986
4. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Component Inspection
EBS00MYG
Voltage
Approximately 3.6V
Approximately 0.6V
L
PBIB0570E
EC-987
PFP:23710
EBS00MYH
SEF093X
EBS00MYI
B)
C)
Possible cause
ECM
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items
Malfunction A
EBS00MYJ
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-988
EC
C
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MYK
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-988 .
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MODE 4 with GST.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-988 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
EC-989
2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-790,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
Perform EC-772, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-772, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-772, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-990
DTC P0650 MI
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0650 MI
Component Description
PFP:24810
A
EBS00MYL
Malfunction Indicator (MI) is located on the instrument panel. When the ignition switch is turned ON without
engine running, MI will light up. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, MI should go off. If MI EC
remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.
EBS00MYM
P0650
0650
Malfunction indicator
(MI) control circuit
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(MI circuit is open or shorted.)
MI
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when both DTC P0650 and another DTC, which calls for MI to light up, are
detected at the same time.
Detected items
MI circuit
EBS00MYN
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-991
DTC P0650 MI
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MYO
TBWA0130E
EC-992
DTC P0650 MI
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MYP
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
PBIB0571E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse block (J/B) and combination meter
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-993
DTC P0650 MI
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
MODEL
LHD
62 (+) - 46 ()
RHD
52 (+) - 59 ()
LHD
46 (+) - 62 ()
RHD
59 (+) - 52 ()
Continuity
Should exist.
PBIB0572E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation for Combination Meter"
(LHD models), DI-42, "Removal and Installation for Combination Meter" (RHD models).
EC-994
PFP:23710
A
EBS00MYQ
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
EC
D
SEF093X
EBS00MYR
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
[ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
open or shorted.]
ECM
G
EBS00MYS
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
5.
6.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-995
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MYT
TBWA0129E
EC-996
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MYU
EC
E
PBIB0573E
10A fuse
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-995 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
1.
2.
3.
4.
With GST
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select MODE 4 with GST.
Touch ERASE.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-995 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-997
5. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-790,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
Perform EC-772, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-772, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-998
PFP:22680
A
EBS00MYV
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
D
SEC266C
EBS00MYW
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,500 rpm
Idle
10% - 35%
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
2,500 rpm
EBS00MYX
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
72
OR
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.6 - 2.0V
[Engine is running]
80
B/P
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
EC-999
Approximately 0V
Trouble diagnosis
name
Mass air flow sensor
circuit range/performance problem
EBS00MYY
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
EBS00MYZ
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-1000
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MZ0
EC
TBWA0055E
EC-1001
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MZ1
PBIB0494E
PBIB0495E
3.
Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Terminal
Voltage
Approximately 5V
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0076E
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1002
EC
5. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Component Inspection
EBS00MZ2
Voltage V
Approx. 1.0
1.1 - 1.5
1.6 - 2.0
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4.
EC-1003
EBS00MZ3
EC-1004
PFP:23796
A
EBS00MZ4
EC
D
PBIB0195E
EBS00MZ5
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0% - 2%
Approx. 0% - 50%
EBS00MZ6
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
CONDITION
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
Y/R
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
P1111
1111
PBIB0532E
DTC No.
J
ITEM
[Engine is running]
107
EBS00MZ7
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve circuit is open or shorted.)
EC-1005
EBS00MZ8
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Following the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1006
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MZ9
EC
TBWA0070E
EC-1007
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MZA
3.
4.
PBIB0511E
PBIB0285E
3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-1008
Component Inspection
EBS00MZB
Resistance
1 and 2
1 or 2 and ground
F
PBIB0574E
EBS00MZC
EC-1009
PFP:16119
EBS00MZD
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
P1121
1121
EBS00MZE
Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction.
B)
C)
Possible cause
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A or B is detected in the two consecutive trips, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the
MI lights up.
When the malfunction C is detected even in the 1st trip, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items
Malfunction A
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
Malfunction C
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
EBS00MZF
NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
SEF058Y
EC-1010
EC
E
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MZG
K
PBIB0518E
EC-1011
PFP:16119
EBS00MZH
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121. Refer to
EC-1010 .
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
EBS00MZI
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
114
Engine stopped
115
B/Y
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Idle speed
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
116
Engine stopped
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EBS00MZJ
B)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is
open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items
Malfunction A
EC-1012
EBS00MZK
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
G
EC-1013
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MZL
TBWA0092E
EC-1014
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MZM
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0494E
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
H
ECM terminal
Continuity
114
Should exist
116
114
116
Should exist
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1015
I
PBIB0497E
PBIB0518E
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1016
Component Inspection
EBS00MZN
PBIB0095E
EC-1017
PFP:16119
EBS00MZO
Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
EBS00MZP
CONDITION
THRTL RELAY
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
ON
EBS00MZQ
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
112
113
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
W/R
W/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EBS00MZR
B)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.
Detected items
Malfunction A
EBS00MZS
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-1018
EC
C
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-1019
Wiring Diagram
EBS00MZT
TBWA0093E
EC-1020
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00MZU
EC
PBIB0505E
3.
PBIB0575E
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1021
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 112 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00MZV
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
3.
PBIB0098E
EC-1022
PFP:22690
A
EBS00MZW
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
EBS00MZX
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
EBS00MZY
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-1023
EBS00MZZ
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently
high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
DTC No.
P1143
1143
Possible cause
Fuel pressure
Injectors
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0546E
EC-1024
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
EC
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
PBIB0547E
G
SEC769C
EBS00N01
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
I
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
M
PBIB0543E
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N02
PBIB0494E
EC-1025
PBIB0499E
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-788, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-934 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
1.
2.
3.
EC-1026
PBIB0495E
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00N03
SEF646Y
6.
M
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
EC-1027
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EBS00N04
EC-1028
PFP:22690
A
EBS00N05
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
EBS00N06
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
EBS00N07
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-1029
EBS00N08
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently
high. The lean output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
DTC No.
P1144
1144
Possible cause
Fuel pressure
Injectors
EBS00N09
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0548E
EC-1030
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
EC
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
PBIB0549E
G
SEC772C
EBS00N0A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
I
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
M
PBIB0543E
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N0B
PBIB0494E
EC-1031
PBIB0499E
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-788, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-940 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
1.
2.
3.
EC-1032
PBIB0495E
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
D
PBIB0500E
Component Inspection
EBS00N0C
SEF646Y
EC-1033
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EBS00N0D
EC-1034
PFP:226A0
A
EBS00N0E
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
EC
D
SEF327R
EBS00N0F
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1)
EBS00N0G
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
95
OR/B
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
K
EBS00N0H
PBIB0554E
DTC No.
P1146
1146
EC-1035
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Injectors
EBS00N0I
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
COMPLETED will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests COND1, COND2 and
COND3 are completed.
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in Procedure for COND1
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
ENG SPEED
B/FUEL SCHDL
COOLANT TEMP/S
70 - 105C
Selector lever
Suitable position
PBIB0555E
NOTE:
If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
If COMPLETED already appears at COND2 on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.
EC-1036
EC
PBIB0556E
2.
SEC775C
EBS00N0J
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
PBIB0550E
procedure.
If NG, go to EC-1039, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-1037
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N0K
TBWA0061E
EC-1038
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N0L
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0494E
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-788, "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-940 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1039
PBIB0495E
PBIB0500E
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
Component Inspection
EBS00N0M
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
EC-1040
EC
C
SEF662Y
4.
Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
G
PBIB0551E
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 4, step 5 is not necessary.
5. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
PBIB0550E
procedure.
6. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EBS00N0N
EC-1041
PFP:226A0
EBS00N0O
EBS00N0P
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1)
LEAN RICH
EBS00N0Q
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
95
OR/B
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
EBS00N0R
SEF259VA
DTC No.
P1147
1147
EC-1042
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Injectors
EBS00N0S
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
COMPLETED will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests COND1, COND2 and EC
COND3 are completed.
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
C
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in ProD
cedure for COND1
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
ENG SPEED
B/FUEL SCHDL
COOLANT TEMP/S
70 - 105C
Selector lever
Suitable position
PBIB0557E
NOTE:
If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
If COMPLETED already appears at COND2 on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.
EC-1043
PBIB0558E
2.
SEC778C
EBS00N0T
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
PBIB0550E
procedure.
If NG, go to EC-1046, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-1044
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N0U
EC
TBWA0061E
EC-1045
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N0V
PBIB0494E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-788, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-934 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1046
PBIB0495E
EC
D
PBIB0500E
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Component Inspection
EBS00N0W
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
EC-1047
SEF662Y
4.
Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
PBIB0551E
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 4, step 5 is not necessary.
5. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
PBIB0550E
procedure.
6. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EBS00N0X
EC-1048
PFP:47850
A
EBS00N0Y
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to EC
EC-854 .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during ESP/TCS/ABS operation.
Pulse signals are exchanged between ECM and ESP/ABS/TCS control unit.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only in ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but C
also ECM after the ESP/TCS/ABS related repair.
EBS00N0Z
P1212
1212
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line between
ECM and ESP/TCS/ABS control unit is
open or shorted.)
G
EBS00N10
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
L
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N11
EC-1049
PFP:00000
EBS00N12
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Refrigerant pressure
ECM function
Actuator
Cooling
fan control
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
OPERATION
PBIB0576E
EBS00N13
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EC-1050
CONDITION
COOLING FAN
SPECIFICATION
OFF
LOW
HIGH
EC
EBS00N14
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
27
LG/B
F
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
37
LG
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
EBS00N15
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1217
1217
[Engine is running]
Cooling fan relay
(High)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
Cooling fan
Radiator hose
Radiator
Radiator cap
Water pump
Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-29, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-18, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
EC-1051
EBS00N16
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF621W
SEF646X
5.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-1052
SEF621W
EC
C
SEC163BA
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
MEC475B
EC-1053
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N17
TBWA0071E
EC-1054
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N18
1. INSPECTION START
EC
G
PBIB0505E
3.
4.
K
SEF784Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC-332, "PROCEDURE A" .)
EC-1055
Without CONSULT-II
Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Start engine and let it idle.
Set temperature lever at full cold position.
Turn air conditioner switch ON.
Turn blower fan switch ON.
PBIB0505E
SEC163BA
EC-1056
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
4. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at higher speed than low speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC1061, "PROCEDURE B" .)
EC
F
MEC475B
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check the following for leak
Hose
Radiator
Water pump
Refer to CO-18, "WATER PUMP" .
SLC754A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
SLC755A
EC-1057
8. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
3.
EC-1058
SLC343
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0577E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1059
PBIB0504E
4. CHECK COOLING FUN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1060
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0251E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible links
EC-1061
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Step
OFF
Inspection item
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
EBS00N19
Equipment
Standard
Visual
No blocking
Reference page
Blocked bumper
Coolant mixture
Coolant tester
Coolant level
Visual
Radiator cap
Pressure tester
59 - 98 kPa
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0
EC-1062
Step
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
ON*2
Coolant leaks
Visual
No leaks
ON*2
Thermostat
See CO-20, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER CONTROL VALVE" , and CO11, "RADIATOR" .
ON*1
Cooling fan
CONSULT-II
Operating
OFF
Negative
ON*3
Coolant temperature
gauge
Visual
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
Visual
EC
OFF*4
10
Visual
OFF
11
Cylinder head
12
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
Component Inspection
EBS00N1A
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
(+)
()
Low
High
1, 2
3, 4
SEF734W
EC-1063
PFP:32006
EBS00N1B
When the gear position is P (A/T models only) or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
EBS00N1C
P/N POSI SW
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model)
Neutral (M/T model)
ON
OFF
EBS00N1D
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
43
G/OR
Approximately 0V
Gear position is P or N.
A/T model
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14v)
M/T model
Approximately 5V
PNP switch
[Ignition switch ON]
EBS00N1E
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
circuit is open or shorted.]
EBS00N1F
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-1064
Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Then check the P/N POSI SW signal under the following conditions.
Position (Selector lever)
Known-good signal
N and P position
ON
OFF
3.
4.
5.
EC
C
SEF212Y
E
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
B/FUEL SCHDL
VHCL SPEED SE
Selector lever
Suitable position
6.
G
SEF213Y
EBS00N1G
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
I
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
Approx. 0
A/T models: Battery voltage
M/T: Approximately 5V
EC-1065
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N1H
TBWA0072E
EC-1066
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N1I
EC
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Refer to AT-115, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" (A/T models) or MT-12, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" (M/T models).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace PNP switch.
EC-1067
PFP:25320
EBS00N1J
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
EBS00N1K
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EBS00N1L
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
40
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EBS00N1M
Brake switch
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode.
Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.Therefore,acceleration will be
poor.
Driving condition
When engine is idling
Normal
When accelerating
Poor acceleration
EBS00N1N
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC-1068
EC
C
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1069
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N1O
TBWA0089E
EC-1070
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N1P
Stop lamp
Fully released
Not illuminated
Depressed
Illuminated
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
1.
H
PBIB0498E
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
L
PBIB0117E
15A fuse
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1071
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00N1Q
PBIB0498E
EC-1072
Continuity
3.
EC
Should exist.
EC-1073
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description
PFP:22448
EBS00N1R
PBIB0509E
EBS00N1S
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
21
22
23
24
BR
PU
L/R
GY/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0521E
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0522E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1074
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N1T
EC
TBWA0083E
EC-1075
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
TBWA0084E
EC-1076
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N1U
EC
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 12.
H
PBIB0133E
Without CONSULT-II
Let engine idle.
Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 24
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
1.
2.
PBIB0521E
PBIB0579E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 12.
EC-1077
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Go to EC-848, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM"
.
PBIB0580E
PBIB0136E
PBIB0493E
PBIB0581E
EC-1078
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
20A fuse
Harness for open and short between ECM relay and fuse
EC
PBIB0509E
EC-1079
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0509E
5.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
SEF107S
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay
14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1080
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00N1V
3 (+) - 2 (-)
Except 0 or
1 (+) - 3 (-)
K
Except 0
1 (+) - 2 (-)
SEF371Q
CONDENSER
1.
2.
3.
SEF124Y
EC-1081
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EBS00N1W
EC-1082
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
Component Description
PFP:16600
A
EBS00N1X
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
EC
D
SEF375Z
EBS00N1Y
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
B/FUEL SCHDL
INJ PULSE-B1
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
2,000 rpm
EBS00N1Z
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M
[Engine is running]
101
102
103
104
R/B
Y/B
G/B
L/B
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0530E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1083
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N20
TBWA0082E
EC-1084
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N21
1. INSPECTION START
EC
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
PBIB0133E
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
L
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1085
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0510E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0582E
10A fuse
EC-1086
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-1087, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace injector.
Component Inspection
EBS00N22
INJECTOR
1.
2.
K
PBIB0181E
EBS00N23
INJECTOR
EC-1087
START SIGNAL
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
START SIGNAL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
PFP:48750
EBS00N24
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF ON OFF
EBS00N25
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
41
WIRE
COLOR
B/Y
ITEM
Start signal
CONDITION
Approximately 0V
9 - 14V
EC-1088
START SIGNAL
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N26
EC
TBWA0085E
EC-1089
START SIGNAL
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N27
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
START SIGNAL
OFF
ON
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E
Voltage
Battery voltage
Approximately 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0583E
5. CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 10A fuse.
3. Check if 10A fuse is OK.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace 10A fuse.
EC-1090
START SIGNAL
[QR20(WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect ignition switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 41 and fuse block (J/B), ignition switch and fuse block EC
(J/B). Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Harness connectors
Harness for open or short between ignition switch and fuse block (J/B)
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse block (J/B)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
EC-1091
PFP:17042
EBS00N28
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
ECM
Function
Fuel pump
control
Actuator
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 180 signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the
engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the 180 signal is not received when the ignition switch
is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving
safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn
controls the fuel pump.
Condition
Operates.
Stops.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
PBIB0513E
EBS00N29
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
EBS00N2A
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-1092
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
29
B/P
0 - 1.0V
EC
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC-1093
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N2B
TBWA0086E
EC-1094
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N2C
1.
2.
EC
PBIB0517E
I
PBIB0507E
4.
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
M
PBIB0657E
10A fuse
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1095
Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and condenser
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-1097, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace condenser.
7. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuel pump
Harness for open or short between fuel pump and body ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1096
PBIB0506E
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00N2D
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
PBIB0098E
EC-1097
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 3 and 5.
Resistance: Approximately 1.0 [at 25C (77F)]
PBIB0658E
CONDENSER
1.
2.
3.
SEF124Y
EBS00N2E
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-1098
PFP:92136
A
EBS00N2F
EC
D
PBIB0503E
H
SEF099X
EBS00N2G
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
83
R/L
Refrigerant pressure
sensor
Warm-up condition
(Compressor operates.)
EC-1099
1.0 - 4.0V
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N2H
TBWA0088E
EC-1100
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N2I
EC
E
PBIB0659E
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
PBIB0503E
5.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF479Y
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1101
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EBS00N2J
EC-1102
PFP:25350
A
EBS00N2K
LOAD SIGNAL
HEATER FAN SW
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
EC
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
EBS00N2L
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
R/W
R/Y
LG/B
G
[Ignition switch ON]
52
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
H
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
J
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
EC-1103
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N2M
TBWA0094E
EC-1104
EC
TBWA0398E
EC-1105
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N2N
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 5.
LOAD SIGNAL
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB0103E
LOAD SIGNAL
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
PBIB0103E
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
PBIB0103E
EC-1106
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 52 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
EC
Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
E
PBIB0660E
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 53 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
J
PBIB0070E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 55 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
0V
Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
PBIB0661E
EC-1107
9. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect rear window defogger relay.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and harness connector M17 terminal 1 (RHD models), 5 (LHD models).
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open and short between ECM and harness connector M17
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1108
A
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and lighting switch terminal 9, 10 under the following
conditions.
C
PBIB0662E
Condition
Continuity
Should exist
Harness for open and short between ECM and lighting switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1109
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect A/C AUTO AMP. harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 55 and A/C AUTO AMP. terminal 19.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open and short between ECM and A/C AUTO AMP.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1110
PFP:24814
A
EBS00N2O
EC
TBWA0097E
EC-1111
PFP:14950
EBS00N2P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB0491E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EC-1112
EC
PBIB0490E
EC-1113
Component Inspection
EBS00N2Q
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B . Orally blow air through port A .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
2. Block port A . Orally blow air through port B .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
PBIB0663E
2.
3.
SEF552Y
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1.
SEF989X
2.
3.
SEF943S
EC-1114
PFP:11810
A
EBS00N2R
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
G
PBIB0492E
SEF559A
Component Inspection
EBS00N2S
SEC137A
EC-1115
S-ET277
EC-1116
PFP:00030
A
EBS00N2T
EC
EBS00N2U
Air conditioner: ON
Ignition timing
In P or N position
In P or N position
Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
*2: It refrigerant pressure is low, the idle speed may not be increased.
EBS00N2V
10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm
10 - 35
EBS00N2W
Supply voltage
1.1 - 1.5*V
1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec at idle*
4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec at 2,500 rpm*
EBS00N2X
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
0.31 - 0.37
L
EBS00N2Y
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
EBS00N2Z
2.3 - 4.3
EBS00N30
2.3 - 4.3
EBS00N31
EBS00N32
EC-1117
EBS00N33
Approximately 1 - 15
Injector
EBS00N34
13.5 - 17.5
Fuel Pump
EBS00N35
Approximately 1.0
EC-1118
PFP:00024
A
EBS00N36
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the Type approval number on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-43, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
EC
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-1199 .
C
: Applicable : Not applicable
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
APP SEN/CIRCUIT
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
DTC*1
Trip
MI lighting up
Reference page
0121
EC-1222
1805
EC-1301
CONSULT-II
ECM*2
P0121
P1805
U1000
1000*
EC-1199
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
0335
EC-1240
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
0340
EC-1246
ECM
P0605
0605
1 or 2
or
EC-1262
P1065
1065
EC-1269
P0117
0117
EC-1209
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*4
P0118
0118
EC-1209
P1217
1217
EC-1287
ETC ACTR
P1121
1121
1 or 2
EC-1273
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
P1122
1122
EC-1275
P1123
1123
1 or 2
or
EC-1281
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
0134
EC-1229
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
0327
EC-1235
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
0328
EC-1235
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*4
P0102
0102
EC-1202
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*4
P0103
0103
EC-1202
MIL/CIRC
P0650
0650
EC-1265
NATS MALFUNCTION
P1610 P1615
1610 - 1615
EC-1143
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
No DTC
Flashing*3
Flashing*3
EC-1144
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
0000
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
P0550
0550
EC-1257
TCS/CIRC*7
P1212
1212
EC-1286
P0120
0120
1 or 2
or
EC-1214
P0500
0500
EC-1252
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*
EC-1119
EBS00N37
Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the Type approval number on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-43, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-1199 .
: Applicable : Not applicable
DTC*
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MI lighting up
Reference page
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
Flashing*3
EC-1144
1000*5
EC-1199
P0000
0000
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0102
0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*4
EC-1202
P0103
0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*4
EC-1202
P0117
0117
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*4
EC-1209
P0118
0118
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*4
EC-1209
P0120
0120
1 or 2
or
EC-1214
P0121
0121
APP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1222
P0134
0134
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-1229
P0327
0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-1235
P0328
0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-1235
P0335
0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1240
P0340
0340
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1246
CONSULT-II
ECM*
No DTC
Flashing*3
U1000
P0500
0500
EC-1252
P0550
0550
PW ST P SEN/CIRC
EC-1257
P0605
0605
ECM
1 or 2
or
EC-1262
P0650
0650
MIL/CIRC
EC-1265
P1065
1065
EC-1269
P1121
1121
ETC ACTR
1 or 2
EC-1273
P1122
1122
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC
EC-1275
P1123
1123
1 or 2
or
EC-1281
EC-1286
P1212
1212
TCS/CIRC*
P1217
1217
EC-1287
P1610 - P1615
1610 - 1615
NATS MALFUNCTION
EC-1143
P1805
1805
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
EC-1301
EC-1120
PRECAUTIONS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER
EBS00NBS
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
C
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be perD
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
E
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harness connectors.
F
EBS00N39
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MI to light up.
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-68, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" .
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution
EBS00N3A
EC-1121
PRECAUTIONS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SEF707Y
SEF908W
EC-1122
PBIB0090E
MEF040D
PRECAUTIONS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
C
SAT652J
SEF348N
PBIB0513E
EC-1123
PRECAUTIONS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SEF709Y
EC-1124
SEF708Y
EBS00N3B
PREPARATION
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
EBS00N3C
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
Tool name
EC
Description
KV10117100
Heated oxygen
sensor wrench
D
S-NT379
KV10114400
Heated oxygen
sensor wrench
F
S-NT636
EBS00N3D
Description
Quick connector
release
PBIC0198E
L
S-NT653
Socket wrench
S-NT705
EC-1125
PREPARATION
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Tool name
Description
Anti-seize lubricant
(PermatexTM 133AR
or equivalent meeting
MIL specification MILA-907)
S-NT779
EC-1126
PFP:23710
A
EBS00N3E
EC
PBIB0488E
EC-1127
EBS00N3F
PBIB0489E
EC-1128
System Chart
EBS00N3G
A
Input (Sensor)
ECM Function
Output (Actuator)
Fuel injectors
Power transistors
Ignition switch
Battery voltage
Knock sensor
Wheel sensor
Electrical load
EC
F
Cooling fan control
EBS00N3H
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: These signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
Sensor
J
Input Signal to ECM
Engine speed
Piston position
Throttle position
Gear position
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Battery
Battery voltage
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
*1: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
EC-1129
ECM
function
Actuator
M
Fuel injection & mixture ratio
control
Fuel injectors
During warm-up
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
During deceleration
PBIB0121E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-1229 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal
air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
During warm-up
EC-1130
I
SEF337W
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
EC-1131
EBS00N3I
ECM
function
Engine speed
Piston position
Throttle position
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
Ignition
timing control
Actuator
Power transistor
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best airfuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A BTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
At starting
SEF742M
During warm-up
At idle
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
EBS00N3J
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Refrigerant pressure
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
EC-1132
ECM function
Air conditioner
cut control
Actuator
EC
EBS00N3K
Neutral position
Throttle position
Engine speed
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM
function
Actuator
E
Fuel cut
control
Fuel injectors
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm with no load (for example, in neutral and engine speed over 1,800
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC1129 .
CAN Communication
EBS00NBF
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
SKIA0884E
ECM
TCM
EC-1133
SKIA0885E
ECM
Steering wheel
angle sensor
R
T
EC-1134
PFP:00018
A
EBS00N3M
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
EC
E
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check the idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension
wire which installed between No.1 ignition coil and No.1 spark plug.
NOTE:
For the method of installing the tachometer, EC-1135, "IGNITION TIMING" .
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
K
PBIB0515E
Method B
Remove No. 1 ignition coil.
PBIB0509E
EC-1135
Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire.
PBIB0516E
SEF166Y
PBIB0514E
EBS00N3O
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EBS00N3N
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve
by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
EC-1136
A
EBS00N3P
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
EC
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
PNP switch: ON
Transmission: Warmed-up
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE in DATA MONITOR mode of A/
T system indicates less than 0.9V.
For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF452Y
6.
SEF454Y
EC-1137
8.
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
Idle speed
Ignition timing
MBIB0238E
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-1136, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-1136, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI goes off.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.
PBIB0665E
12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM
SPECIFICATION
Idle speed
Ignition timing
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
EC-1138
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idle.
EBS00N3Q
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF214Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
M
PBIB0508E
The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.
Take care for not to scratch and not to put debris around connection area when servicing, so that
the quick connector keeps sealability with O-rings inside.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-1139, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).
To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-16, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
EC-1139
4.
Tightening
torque:
Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
Turn ignition switch ON, and check for fuel leakage.
PBIB0670E
Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false
readings.
During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
5.
6.
7.
8.
EC-1140
PFP:00028
A
EBS00N3R
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
EC
Emission-related diagnostic information
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Calibration ID
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
: Applicable
: Not applicable
DTC
CONSULT-II
ECM
*1
*1: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-1119 .)
H
EBS00N3S
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI lights up. The MI lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip>
The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation. When the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-1151 .), the DTC is stored in the ECM
memory even in the 1st trip.
EBS00N3T
EC-1141
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II does not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be 0.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
PBIB0911E
EC-1142
EC
F
PBIB0671E
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-1145, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after
approx. 24 hours.
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
EBS00N3U
EC-1143
EBS00N3V
DESCRIPTION
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode I
Ignition switch in
ON position
BULB CHECK
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
Engine stopped
Engine running
Mode II
Ignition switch in
ON position
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
Engine stopped
Engine running
EC-1144
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
C
Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MI starts
blinking.
Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
I
PBIB0092E
Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-1145, "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-1145, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
Condition
ON
OFF
No malfunction.
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
EC-1145
SEF952W
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The zero is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no
malfunction. (See EC-1119, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx 24 hours.
Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
ON
Lean
OFF
Rich
*Remains ON or OFF
Any condition
To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the MI
comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
EC-1146
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
PFP:00004
A
EBS00N3W
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
EC
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
H
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-1148 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on EC-1150 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
L
SEF234G
EC-1147
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
MBIB0159E
*1
*4
*5
EC-1148
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP
DESCRIPTION
STEP I
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, EC-1149 .
STEP II
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-1142 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st
trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1192, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-1156 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
STEP III
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1192, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
STEP IV
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the
(1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1192, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
STEP V
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-1152 .) Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-1156 .)
STEP VI
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-1166 , EC-1182 .
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in
GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-1192, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
STEP VII
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident
is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM.
(Refer to EC-1142, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .)
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
EC-1149
SEF907L
EC
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere.
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
EBS00N3X
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-1199 .
EC-1150
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Priority
1
P0605 ECM
P0650 MI
EC
Fail-safe Chart
EBS00N3Y
The ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions is detected due to the open or short circuit.
When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MI illuminates.
DTC No.
Detected items
P0102
P0103
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0117
P0118
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
ignition switch ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running.
P0120
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Condition
When engine is idling
When accelerating
EC-1151
Driving condition
Normal
Poor acceleration
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Basic Inspection
EBS00N3Z
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
Headlamp switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
5.
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under noload.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF977U
2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1152
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
With CONSULT-II
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
EC
E
SEF978U
3.
H
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Perform EC-1136, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
>> GO TO 5.
EC-1153
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1143, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
>> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.
EC-1154
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Stop engine.
Perform EC-1136, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
EC
>> GO TO 12.
>> GO TO 13.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
EC-1155
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is the rarely the case.)
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1143, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
>> GO TO 4.
EBS00N40
Injector circuit
EC-1156
Fuel
AE
AD
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ENGINE STALL
AA
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
3
4
Reference
page
EC-1366
EC-1139
EC-1357
EC-1386
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
EC-1273,
EC-1275 ,
EC-1281
EC-1152
IDLING VIBRATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
HA
ENGINE STALL
AM
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
EC
Reference
page
Ignition circuit
EC-1152
EC-1331
EC-1193
EC-1202
EC-1209
EC-1214
EC-1389
2
2
EC-1229,
EC-1320
2
3
EC-1240
EC-1246
3
3
ECM
3
3
EC-1257
3
EC-1262,
EC-1269
EC-1347
EC-1353
EC-1362
2
EC-1157
EC-1373
EC-1377
EC-1252
EC-1235
EC-1222
AL
AK
AA
ATC-33
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYSTEM ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
Fuel
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
Fuel tank
FL-9
5
Fuel piping
Vapor lock
FL-3, EM32
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane)
Air
Air duct
EM-14
Air cleaner
EM-14
5
5
EM-14
5
5
EM-16
Battery
EM-16
1
Alternator circuit
SC-3
SC-12
Starter circuit
SC-20
Signal plate
EM-73
MT-12 or
AT-349
PNP switch
Engine
Reference
page
Cylinder head
5
4
EM-59
3
Cylinder block
Piston
Piston ring
4
6
EM-73
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve
mechanism
Timing chain
Camshaft
EM-37
5
Intake valve
EM-46
5
3
Exhaust valve
EC-1158
EM-59
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
Exhaust
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
Cooling
Reference
page
F
5
LU-7
CO-11
Thermostat
CO-20
Water pump
Water gallery
CO-18
5
Cooling fan
2
5
EM-24, EX2
EC
CO-7
CO-11
CO-9
1
EC-1143 or
BL-80
1
2
EC-1286 or
BRC-64
EC-1159
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EBS00N41
PBIB0484E
EC-1160
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
A
EC
PBIB0485E
EC-1161
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0486E
EC-1162
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
A
EC
PBIB0487E
EC-1163
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram
EBS00N42
TBWA0052E
EC-1164
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
A
EC
TBWA0053E
EC-1165
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EBS00N43
SEF970W
EBS00N44
PREPARATION
1.
2.
PBIB0493E
3.
Perform all voltage measurements with the connector connected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
MEC486B
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
2
P/L
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
EC-1166
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
4
PU/R
EC
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
12
R/B
Counter current
return
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 10V
13
[Engine is running]
PBIB0520E
18
R/Y
MI
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF]
20
W/G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
0 - 1.0V
J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
M
21
22
23
24
BR
PU
L/R
GY/R
PBIB0521E
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0522E
[Engine is running]
26
[Engine is running]
EC-1167
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
27
LG/B
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
29
B/P
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
30
PU/W
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
A/C switch is ON
(Compressor not operates).
Approximately 4.6V
33
B/W
(With A/T)
W
(With M/T)
CAN communication
line
Approximately 2.6V
Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
34
L/R
(With A/T)
R
(With M/T)
CAN communication
line
Approximately 2.4V
Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
6 - 7V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0523E
36
L/OR
Tachometer signal
6 - 7V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0524E
[Engine is running]
37
LG
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
40
[Engine is running]
41
B/Y
Start signal
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
9 - 14V
EC-1168
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
42
WIRE
COLOR
B/R
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch OFF]
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Ignition switch
[Ignition switch ON]
43
G/OR
PNP switch
LG
Gear position is P or N.
50
R/W
R/Y
LG/B
EC
Approximately 0V
A/T model
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M/T model
Approximately 5V
Approximately 5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
Approximately 0V
I
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
58
59
60
106
108
B
B
B/Y
B/Y
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
K
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Engine ground
L
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
63
L/W
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
64
OR/L
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
power supply
EC-1169
Approximately 2.5V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
65
Approximately 5V
66
W/L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
67
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.0V
0.4 - 0.8V
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
71
PU/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
[Engine is running]
72
OR
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.6 - 2.0V
73
74
EC-1170
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]
75
R/L
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 1
B/W
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
0.41 - 0.71V
EC
C
0.09 - 0.48V
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
80
B/P
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 2.3V
F
[Engine is running]
81
L/B
G
PBIB0531E
82
Knock sensor
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
H
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
83
R/L
Refrigerant pressure
sensor
Warm-up condition
I
1.0 - 4.0V
(Compressor operates.)
84
86
Y/G
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
ground
[Engine is running]
90
Accelerator pedal
position sensor signal output
J
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with intake
air temperature.
Approximately 0V
L
0.41 - 0.71V
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
93
BR/Y
95
OR/B
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
EC-1171
0 - Approximately 1.0V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
101
102
103
104
R/B
Y/B
G/B
L/B
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0530E
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
107
Y/R
Warm-up condition
PBIB0532E
109
111
W
W
112
W/R
113
W/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
EC-1172
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TERMINAL
NO.
115
WIRE
COLOR
B/Y
ITEM
Throttle control motor
ground
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Idle speed
EC
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
116
D
PBIB0534E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-II Function
E
EBS00N45
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*1
Data monitor
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
other data monitor items can be read.
Active test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Function test
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
5. Others
EC-1173
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
WORK
SUPPORT
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
INPUT
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
ACTIVE
TEST
Knock sensor
Battery voltage
Load signal
Injectors
Item
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-1142 .
EC-1174
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2.
3.
EC
C
PBIB0376E
4.
G
MBIB0233E
5.
Touch ENGINE.
If ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-34, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
K
SEF995X
6.
SEF824Y
CONDITION
USAGE
EC-1175
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WORK ITEM
CONDITION
USAGE
SELF-LEARNING CONT
IDLE CONDITION
IDLE CONDITION
Description
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
to EC-1119, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
FUEL SYS-B1
The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
EC-1176
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
A
: Applicable
MAIN
SIGNALS
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
EC
Description
Remarks
COOLAN TEMP/S
[C] or [F]
Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during air-fuel ratio feedback control:
RICH ... means the mixture became
rich, and control is being affected
toward a leaner mixture.
LEAN ... means the mixture became
lean, and control is being affected
toward a rich mixture.
INT/A TEMP SE
[C] or [F]
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
BATTERY VOLT
[V]
EC-1177
When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
The engine coolant temperature
determined by the ECM is displayed.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF]
Monitored item
[Unit]
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
Description
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal.
LOAD SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF]
HEATER FAN SW
[ON/OFF]
BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF]
INJ PULSE-B1
[msec]
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
IGN TIMING
[BTDC]
Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
input signals.
MASS AIRFLOW
[gm/s]
EC-1178
Remarks
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Monitored item
[Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
A
Description
AC PRESS SEN
[V]
EC
COOLING FAN
[HI/LOW/OFF]
Remarks
Voltage [V]
Frequency
[msec], [Hz] or [%]
DUTY-HI
DUTY-LOW
PLS WIDTH-HI
PLS WIDTH-LOW
EC-1179
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
Monitored item
[Unit]
MAIN
SIGNALS
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
CAN COMM
[OK/NG]
CAN CIRC 1
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 2
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 3
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 4
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 5
[OK/UNKWN]
Description
Remarks
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
ECM
input
signals
Main
signals
Description
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.
Remarks
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
CONDITION
FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION TIMING
JUDGEMENT
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
EC-1180
Fuel injectors
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TEST ITEM
POWER BALANCE
COOLING FAN
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
PURG VOL
CONT/V
V/T ASSIGN
ANGLE
CONDITION
JUDGEMENT
Compression
Fuel injectors
Power transistor
Shift lever N
Spark plugs
Ignition coils
Ignition switch: ON
Fuel injectors
EC
Solenoid valve
I
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even
though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
Operation
1.
AUTO TRIG
EC-1181
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2.
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to Incident Simulation Tests in GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis
for an Electrical Incident" .)
MANU TRIG
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
PBIB0197E
EBS00N46
Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ENG SPEED
Run engine and compare the CONSULT-II value with tachometer indication.
Idle
Shift lever: N
2,500 rpm
No-load
EC-1182
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Shift lever: N
No-load
A/F ALPHA-B1
COOLAN TEMP/S
HO2S1 (B1)
B/FUEL SCHDL
Idle
2,000 rpm
54% - 155%
EC
C
More than 70C (158F)
HO2S2 (B1)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
LEAN RICH
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer
indication.
11 - 14V
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
0.41 - 0.71V
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
0.15 - 0.97V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN2*2
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
START SIGNAL
Ignition switch: ON
VEH SPEED SE
BATTERY VOLT
ACCEL SEN1
ACCEL SEN2*2
THRTL SEN1
P/N POSI SW
PW/ST SIGNAL
LOAD SIGNAL
IGNITION SW
HEATER FAN SW
BRAKE SW
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model)
Neutral (M/T model)
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON OFF ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
EC-1183
OFF ON OFF
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
INJ PULSE-B1
IGN TIMING
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
THRTL RELAY
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
MT: 12 - 16 BTDC
AT: 14 - 18 BTDC
2,000 rpm
25 - 45 BTDC
Idle
10% - 35%
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
2,500 rpm
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
20 - 30%
Idle
5 - 5CA
Approx. 0 - 20CA
Idle
0% - 2%
Approx. 0% - 50%
OFF
ON
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
ON
COOLING FAN
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
LOW
HIGH
OFF
Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of
70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
ON
OFF
ON
EC-1184
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM
TRVL AFTER MIL
AC PRESS SEN
CONDITION
Vehicle has traveled after MI has
turned ON.
Ignition switch: ON
Engine: Idle
SPECIFICATION
Approx. 0V
EC
1.0 - 4.0V
CAN COMM*1
OK
OK
CAN CIRC 1*
0 - 65,535 km
(0 - 40,723 mile)
OK (A/T models)
UNKWN (M/T models with ESP)
Ignition switch: ON
UNKWN
UNKWN
*1: These items are not applied for M/T models without ESP.
*2: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
EBS00N47
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.
Below is the data for CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 when depressing the accelerator pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in D position (A/T models) or with shift lever in
1st position (M/T models).
The signal of ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after CLSD THL POS is changed from ON to OFF.
PBIB0198E
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1) and
INJ PULSE-B1 when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
EC-1185
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
SEF241Y
EC-1186
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
A
EC
PBIB0668E
EC-1187
PFP:00031
EBS00N48
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in DATA MONITOR (SPEC)
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction)
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition
EBS00N49
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2 , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Transmission: Warmed-up*1
Inspection Procedure
EBS00N4A
NOTE:
Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-1152, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1 and MAS A/F SEB1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-1189, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z
EC-1188
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N4B
EC
SEF613ZD
EC-1189
SEF768Z
EC-1190
EC
SEF615ZA
EC-1191
PFP:00006
EBS00N4C
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
specific malfunctioning area.
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow
Situation
II
The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t].
III
IV
(1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI
The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N4D
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-1142, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 2.
EC-1192
PFP:24110
A
EBS00N4E
EC
TBWA0054E
EC-1193
EBS00N4F
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
12
WIRE
COLOR
R/B
ITEM
Counter current
return
CONDITION
20
W/G
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
42
B/R
Ignition switch
59
60
106
108
B
B
B/Y
B/Y
ECM ground
109
111
W
W
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Engine ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EBS00N4G
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 8.
No
>> GO TO 2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0535E
EC-1194
10A fuse
EC
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0493E
2.
SEF420X
EC-1195
10A fuse
20A fuse
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and ECM relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
PBIB0536E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 11.
EC-1196
D
PBIB0493E
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
SEF860T
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and 10A fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and ECM relay terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal
12
109, 111
EC-1197
Component Inspection
EBS00N4H
ECM RELAY
1.
2.
Continuity
Yes
OFF
No
3.
EC-1198
PFP:23710
A
EBS00N4I
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- EC
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
EBS00N4J
Trouble diagnosis
name
U1000
1000
CAN communication
line
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
EBS00N4K
EC-1199
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N4L
TBWA0096E
EC-1200
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N4M
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
EC
PBIB0538E
PBIB0539E
>> Go to LAN-5, "CAN SYSTEM (FOR A/T MODELS)" or LAN-12, "CAN SYSTEM (FOR M/T MODELS)" .
EC-1201
PFP:22680
EBS00N4N
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEC266C
EBS00N4O
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,500 rpm
Idle
10% - 35%
2,500 rpm
10% - 35%
Idle
2,500 rpm
EBS00N4P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
72
OR
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.6 - 2.0V
[Engine is running]
80
B/P
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
EC-1202
Approximately 0V
EBS00N4Q
P0102
0102
P0103
0103
Trouble diagnosis
name
Possible cause
EC
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EBS00N4R
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1.
2.
3.
4.
L
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1203
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
EC-1204
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N4S
EC
TBWA0055E
EC-1205
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N4T
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
PBIB0494E
PBIB0495E
3.
Voltage
Approximately 5V
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E
EC-1206
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
EC-1207
Component Inspection
EBS00N4U
Voltage V
Approx. 1.0
1.1 - 1.5
1.6 - 2.0
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4.
5.
6.
EBS00N4V
EC-1208
PFP:22630
A
EBS00N4W
EC
D
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage* V
10 (14)
4.4
Resistance
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 93
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EBS00N4X
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
P0117
0117
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit low input
P0118
0118
Engine coolant
temperature sensor circuit high
input
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
EC-1209
Condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
EBS00N4Y
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1210
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N4Z
EC
TBWA0057E
EC-1211
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N50
PBIB0496E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0080E
EC-1212
Component Inspection
EBS00N51
D
PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage* V
10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
Resistance
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
93 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and body ground.
2.
SEF012P
EBS00N52
EC-1213
PFP:16119
EBS00N53
PBIB0145E
EBS00N54
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Shift lever:
D (A/T model)
1st (M/T model)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.
EBS00N55
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
73
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
EC-1214
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
74
Engine stopped
EC
Less than 4.75V
Engine stopped
P0120
0120
EBS00N56
B)
C)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The throttle position sensor 1 or 2 circuit
is open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The throttle position sensor 1, 2, accelerator pedal position sensor 1, 2, mass
air flow sensor, power steering pressure
sensor or refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
E)
F)
ECM
(ECM pin terminal is bend or break.)
Malfunction A
Malfunction B
Malfunction C*
Malfunction D
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Detected items
*: The ECM enters in the fail-safe mode when the normal signal is entered to the ECM after the malfunction C was detected.
EBS00N57
NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A, B, C AND D first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION E. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed,
perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION F.
EC-1215
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1216
EC
C
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-1217
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N58
TBWA0058E
EC-1218
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N59
MALFUNCTIONING A, B, C, AND D
EC
>> GO TO 2.
E
PBIB0494E
1.
2.
I
PBIB0497E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
M
PBIB0082E
Harness for short between ECM and electric throttle control actuator
Harness for short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
Harness for short between ECM and mass air flow sensor
Harness for short between ECM and power steering pressure sensor
EC-1219
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-1220
MALFUNCTION E AND F
1.
2.
3.
G
PBIB0518E
Component Inspection
EBS00N5A
Terminal
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
73
(Throttle position sensor 1)
Fully released
74
(Throttle position sensor 2)
6.
7.
8.
Fully depressed
Fully released
Fully depressed
PBIB0559E
EBS00N5B
EC-1221
PFP:18002
EBS00N5C
EBS00N5D
ACCEL SEN2*
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
0.41 - 0.71V
Ignition switch: ON
(engine stopped)
0.15 - 0.97V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
ON
OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
EBS00N5E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
64
OR/L
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
power supply
Approximately 2.5V
65
Approximately 5V
75
R/L
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 1
Engine stopped
0.41 - 0.71V
Engine stopped
EC-1222
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
76
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
B/W
86
Engine stopped
EC
0.09 - 0.48V
Accelerator pedal
position sensor 2
ground
Engine stopped
Approximately 0V
EBS00N5F
P0121
0121
B)
C)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The accelerator pedal position
sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE MODE
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the
idle position to be within +10 degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
EBS00N5G
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
EC-1223
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1226, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-1224
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N5H
EC
TBWA0091E
EC-1225
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N5I
PBIB0494E
PBIB0498E
3.
Voltage (V)
Approximately 2.5
Approximately 5
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0560E
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1226
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1227
Component Inspection
EBS00N5J
Accelerator pedal
Voltage
75
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1)
Fully released
0.41 - 0.71V
Fully depressed
Fully released
0.09 - 0.48V
Fully depressed
76
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2)
5.
6.
PBIB0561E
EBS00N5K
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
EC-1228
PFP:22690
A
EBS00N5L
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
EBS00N5M
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
EBS00N5N
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-1229
EBS00N5O
SEF237U
DTC No.
P0134
0134
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
EBS00N5P
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF646Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
PBIB0543E
EC-1230
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N5Q
EC
TBWA0059E
EC-1231
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N5R
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
PBIB0494E
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
EC-1232
PBIB0500E
Component Inspection
EBS00N5S
G
SEF646Y
6.
K
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
EC-1233
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.
The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
PBIB0543E
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor;
use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EBS00N5T
EC-1234
PFP:22060
A
EBS00N5U
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a EC
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
C
E
PBIB0512E
EBS00N5V
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
82
WIRE
COLOR
W
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 2.5V
Idle speed
I
EBS00N5W
P0327
0327
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328
0328
Knock sensor
DTC No.
Possible Cause
L
EBS00N5X
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
[Engine is running]
Knock sensor
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
EC-1235
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1236
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N5Y
EC
TBWA0064E
EC-1237
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N5Z
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1.
2.
3.
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1.
PBIB0512E
2.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and knock sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
EC-1238
>> GO TO 5.
D
PBIB0494E
Component Inspection
EBS00N60
KNOCK SENSOR
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
J
SEF478Y
EBS00N61
KNOCK SENSOR
EC-1239
PFP:23731
EBS00N62
PBIB0562E
EBS00N63
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Run engine and compare the CONSULT-II value with tachometer indication.
EBS00N64
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
71
PU/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS)
PBIB0527E
Approximately 3V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1240
EBS00N65
A
DTC No.
P0335
0335
Crankshaft position
sensor (POS) circuit
Possible cause
EC
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Signal plate
D
EBS00N66
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
J
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Crank engine at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1243, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-1241
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N67
TBWA0065E
EC-1242
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N68
EC
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0494E
I
PBIB0512E
2.
3.
M
PBIB0664E
Harness for open or short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1243
5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1244
Component Inspection
EBS00N69
EC
PBIB0563E
5.
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0 or
2 (+) - 3 (-)
H
PBIB0564E
EBS00N6A
EC-1245
PFP:23731
EBS00N6B
PBIB0562E
EBS00N6C
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
63
L/W
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
P0340
0340
EBS00N6D
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
EC-1246
EBS00N6E
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Crank engine at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1249, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Start engine and maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1249, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF013Y
EC-1247
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N6F
TBWA0066E
EC-1248
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N6G
1.
2.
PBIB0494E
L
PBIB0496E
3.
EC-1249
Harness for open or short between ECM and camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
PBIB0565E
EC-1250
Component Inspection
EBS00N6H
EC
D
PBIB0563E
5.
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-)
F
Except 0 or
2 (+) - 3 (-)
PBIB0564E
EBS00N6I
EC-1251
PFP:32702
EBS00N6J
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the ESP/TCS/ABS control unit (with ESP models), 4WD/ABS control unit (without ESP models). The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM.
EBS00N6K
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 2.3V
[Engine is running]
81
L/B
PBIB0531E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
P0500
0500
EBS00N6L
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Wheel sensor
Combination meter
EBS00N6M
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Start engine.
EC-1252
3.
4.
5.
Read "VHCL SPEED SE" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-1256, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
6.
EC
C
SEF196Y
F
EBS00N6N
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1253
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N6O
LHD MODELS
TBWA0068E
EC-1254
EC
TBWA0069E
EC-1255
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N6P
EC-1256
PFP:49763
A
EBS00N6Q
EC
D
PBIB0502E
EBS00N6R
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EBS00N6S
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
J
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
67
0.5 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
EBS00N6T
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
EBS00N6U
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
EC-1257
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1258
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N6V
EC
TBWA0087E
EC-1259
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N6W
PBIB0494E
PBIB0502E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SEF509Y
EC-1260
4. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Component Inspection
EBS00N6X
Voltage
Approximately 3.6V
Approximately 0.6V
L
PBIB0570E
EC-1261
PFP:23710
EBS00N6Y
SEF093X
EBS00N6Z
B)
C)
Possible cause
ECM
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items
Malfunction A
EBS00N70
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1262
EC
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
K
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-1263
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N71
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1262 .
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-1143, "How to Erase
DTC ( Without CONSULT-II)" .
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1262 .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1143,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
Perform EC-1136, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1136, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1137, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1264
DTC P0650 MI
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0650 MI
Component Description
PFP:24810
A
EBS00N72
Malfunction Indicator (MI) is located on the instrument panel. When the ignition switch is turned ON without
engine running, MI will light up. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, MI should go off. If MI EC
remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.
EBS00N73
P0650
0650
Malfunction indicator
(MI) control circuit
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(MI circuit is open or shorted.)
MI
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when both DTC P0650 and another DTC, which calls for MI to light up, are
detected at the same time.
Detected items
MI circuit
EBS00N74
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
M
SEF058Y
EBS00N75
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EC-1265
DTC P0650 MI
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N76
TBWA0130E
EC-1266
DTC P0650 MI
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N77
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
PBIB0571E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse block (J/B) and combination meter
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1267
DTC P0650 MI
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MODEL
LHD
62 (+) - 46 ()
RHD
52 (+) - 59 ()
LHD
46 (+) - 62 ()
RHD
59 (+) - 52 ()
Continuity
Should exist.
PBIB0572E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation for Combination Meter"
(LHD models), DI-42, "Removal and Installation for Combination Meter" (RHD models).
EC-1268
PFP:23710
A
EBS00N78
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
EC
D
SEF093X
EBS00N79
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
[ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
open or shorted.]
ECM
G
EBS00N7A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
5.
6.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSUT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1269
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N7B
TBWA0129E
EC-1270
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N7C
EC
E
PBIB0573E
10A fuse
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1269 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
1.
2.
3.
4.
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-1143, "How to Erase
DTC ( Without CONSULT-II)" .
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1269 .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> INSPECTION END
1.
2.
EC-1271
5. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1143,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
Perform EC-1136, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1136, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
Perform EC-1137, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1272
PFP:16119
A
EBS00N7D
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
EC
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
C
angle properly in response to driving condition.
P1121
1121
EBS00N7E
Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction.
B)
C)
Possible cause
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A or B is detected in the two consecutive trips, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the
MI lights up.
When the malfunction C is detected even in the 1st trip, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items
Malfunction A
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
Malfunction C
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
EBS00N7F
NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
SEF058Y
EC-1273
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N7G
PBIB0518E
EC-1274
PFP:16119
A
EBS00N7H
NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121. Refer to EC
EC-1273 .
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed- C
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
D
EBS00N7I
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
G
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
114
Engine stopped
I
PBIB0533E
115
B/Y
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Idle speed
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch ON]
116
Engine stopped
L
PBIB0534E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EBS00N7J
B)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor circuit is
open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items
Malfunction A
EC-1275
EBS00N7K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-1276
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N7L
EC
TBWA0092E
EC-1277
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N7M
PBIB0494E
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
ECM terminal
Continuity
114
Should exist
116
114
116
Should exist
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1278
PBIB0497E
1.
2.
EC
D
PBIB0518E
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1279
Component Inspection
EBS00N7N
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0095E
EC-1280
PFP:16119
A
EBS00N7O
Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
C
EBS00N7P
CONDITION
THRTL RELAY
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
ON
EBS00N7Q
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
112
113
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
W/R
W/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
I
EBS00N7R
B)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.
Detected items
Malfunction A
EBS00N7S
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-1281
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1282
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N7T
EC
TBWA0093E
EC-1283
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N7U
PBIB0505E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0575E
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1284
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check continuity between ECM terminal 112 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00N7V
Yes
No current supply
No
3.
Continuity
PBIB0098E
EC-1285
PFP:47850
EBS00N7W
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-1199 .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during ESP/TCS/ABS operation.
Pulse signals are exchanged between ECM and ESP/ABS/TCS control unit.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only in ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but
also ECM after the ESP/TCS/ABS related repair.
EBS00N7X
P1212
1212
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line between
ECM and ESP/TCS/ABS control unit is
open or shorted.)
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MI will not light up for this selfdiagnosis.
EBS00N7Y
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N7Z
EC-1286
PFP:00000
A
EBS00N80
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Refrigerant pressure
ECM
function
EC
Actuator
C
Cooling
fan control
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
OPERATION
F
M
PBIB0576E
EBS00N81
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EC-1287
CONDITION
COOLING FAN
SPECIFICATION
OFF
LOW
HIGH
EBS00N82
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
27
LG/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
37
LG
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
EBS00N83
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1217
1217
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
Cooling fan
Radiator hose
Radiator
Radiator cap
Water pump
Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-29, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-18, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
EC-1288
EBS00N84
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres- EC
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
SEF621W
4.
5.
J
SEF646X
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-1289
SEF621W
13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
14. If NG, go to EC-1292, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MEC475B
EC-1290
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N85
EC
TBWA0071E
EC-1291
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N86
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2
No
>> GO TO 4
PBIB0505E
3.
4.
SEF784Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC-332, "PROCEDURE A" .)
EC-1292
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at higher speed
than low speed.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC334, "PROCEDURE B" .)
EC
SEF785Z
Without CONSULT-II
Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
Start engine and let it idle.
Set temperature lever at full cold position.
Turn air conditioner switch ON.
Turn blower fan switch ON.
J
PBIB0505E
SEC163BA
EC-1293
MEC475B
SLC754A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
SLC755A
EC-1294
8. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
EC
3.
SLC343
EC-1295
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0577E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.
5.
EC-1296
PBIB0504E
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND AHORT
1.
2.
EC
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1297
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0251E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible links
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4.
5.
EC-1298
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 27 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-3
EC
terminal 2.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Step
OFF
Inspection item
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
EBS00N87
Equipment
Standard
Visual
No blocking
Reference page
Blocked bumper
Coolant mixture
Coolant tester
Coolant level
Visual
Radiator cap
Pressure tester
59 - 98 kPa
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0
EC-1299
Step
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
ON*2
Coolant leaks
Visual
No leaks
ON*2
Thermostat
See CO-20, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER CONTROL VALVE" , and CO11, "RADIATOR" .
ON*1
Cooling fan
CONSULT-II
Operating
OFF
Negative
ON*3
Coolant temperature
gauge
Visual
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
Visual
OFF*4
10
Visual
OFF
11
Cylinder head
12
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
Component Inspection
EBS00N88
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
SEF745U
(+)
()
Low
High
1, 2
3, 4
SEF734W
EC-1300
PFP:25320
A
EBS00N89
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
EC
EBS00N8A
MONITOR ITEM
BRAKE SW
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EBS00N8B
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
G
[Engine is running]
40
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EBS00N8C
Brake switch
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
K
EBS00N8D
Normal
When accelerating
Poor acceleration
EBS00N8E
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC-1301
SEF058Y
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EC-1302
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N8F
EC
TBWA0089E
EC-1303
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N8G
Stop lamp
Fully released
Not illuminated
Depressed
Illuminated
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0498E
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0117E
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1304
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00N8H
PBIB0498E
EC-1305
Continuity
3.
Should exist.
PBIB0118E
EC-1306
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S1 HEATER
Description
PFP:22690
A
EBS00N8I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
ECM function
Heated oxygen sensor 1
heater control
Actuator
EC
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
rpm
Above 3,600
OFF
Below 3,600
ON
EBS00N8J
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
EBS00N8K
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
E
Engine speed
K
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 7.0V
[Engine is running]
2
P/L
Warm-up condition
PBIB0519E
[Engine is running]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1307
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N8L
TBWA0075E
EC-1308
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N8M
EC
Voltage
Approximately 7.0V
At idle
PBIB0673E
PBIB0519E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
M
PBIB0500E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0541E
EC-1309
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1310
HO2S1 HEATER
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection
EBS00N8N
Resistance
1 and 4
2 and 3, 4
3 and 1, 2, 4
EC
PBIB0542E
EBS00N8O
EC-1311
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S2 HEATER
Description
PFP:226A0
EBS00N8P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
ECM function
Actuator
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm
Above 3,800
OFF
Below 3,800
ON
EBS00N8Q
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a speed
of 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
ON
OFF
EBS00N8R
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
PU/R
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
EC-1312
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N8S
EC
TBWA0077E
EC-1313
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N8T
Start engine and drive the vehicle at over 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle and keep the engine running.
Set the voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 4 (HO2S2 heater signal) and ground.
Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Conditions
Voltage
At idle
0 - 1V
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0672E
PBIB0500E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0541E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1314
HO2S2 HEATER
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00N8U
Resistance
1 and 4
2 and 1, 3, 4
3 and 1, 2, 4
PBIB0542E
EBS00N8V
EC-1315
IAT SENSOR
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IAT SENSOR
Component Description
PFP:22630
EBS00N8W
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
SEC266C
<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)
Voltage*
Resistance
25 (77)
3.32
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
1.23
0.31 - 0.37
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 84
(Intake air temperature sensor) and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-1316
SEF012P
IAT SENSOR
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N8X
EC
TBWA0073E
EC-1317
IAT SENSOR
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N8Y
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0674E
PBIB0495E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.
PBIB0066E
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1318
IAT SENSOR
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
Component Inspection
EBS00N8Z
2.
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature C (F)
Resistance k
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
H
SEC266C
SEF012P
EBS00N90
EC-1319
HO2S1
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S1
Component Description
PFP:22690
EBS00N91
SEF463R
SEF288D
EBS00N92
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
EBS00N93
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
92
G/W
Warm-up condition
EC-1320
HO2S1
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N94
EC
TBWA0074E
EC-1321
HO2S1
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N95
SEF820Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Set ECM in "Diagnostic test mode - II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor)".
Refer to EC-1146, "DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR" .
4. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the MI comes ON more than five times in 10 seconds.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SAT652J
2. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
PBIB0494E
EC-1322
HO2S1
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
D
PBIB0500E
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Component Inspection
EBS00N96
EC-1323
HO2S1
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3.
4.
5.
SEF646Y
6.
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC-1324
HO2S1
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EBS00N97
EC
EC-1325
HO2S2
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S2
Component Description
PFP:226A0
EBS00N98
EBS00N99
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S2 (B1)
LEAN RICH
EBS00N9A
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
95
OR/B
Warm-up condition
EC-1326
0 - Approximately 1.0V
HO2S2
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N9B
EC
TBWA0076E
EC-1327
HO2S2
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N9C
Start engine and drive the vehicle at over 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle and keep the engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
Check the voltage while revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release the accelerator pedal as quickly as possible.)
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0675E
PBIB0675E
PBIB0494E
EC-1328
HO2S2
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
D
PBIB0500E
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Component Inspection
EBS00N9D
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
EC-1329
HO2S2
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3.
SEF662Y
4.
Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
PBIB0551E
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
Stop vehicle with engine running.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 (HO2S2 signal) and engine ground.
Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 4, step 5 is not necessary.
5. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
PBIB0550E
procedure.
6. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EBS00N9E
EC-1330
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description
PFP:22448
A
EBS00N9F
EC
PBIB0509E
EBS00N9G
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
H
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
21
22
23
24
BR
PU
L/R
GY/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
J
PBIB0521E
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0522E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1331
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N9H
TBWA0083E
EC-1332
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
A
EC
TBWA0084E
EC-1333
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N9I
PBIB0133E
PBIB0521E
PBIB0579E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 12.
EC-1334
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
D
PBIB0580E
PBIB0136E
PBIB0493E
PBIB0581E
EC-1335
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
20A fuse
Harness for open and short between ECM relay and fuse
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
EC-1336
PBIB0509E
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
PBIB0509E
5.
H
SEF107S
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay
14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1337
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Component Inspection
EBS00N9J
3 (+) - 2 (-)
Except 0 or
1 (+) - 3 (-)
Except 0
1 (+) - 2 (-)
SEF371Q
CONDENSER
1.
2.
3.
SEF124Y
EC-1338
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EBS00N9K
EC-1339
PFP:14920
EBS00N9L
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM
function
Actuator
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
EBS00N9M
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
20 - 30%
EBS00N9N
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-1340
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC
Approximately 10V
13
C
[Engine is running]
D
PBIB0520E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1341
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N9O
TBWA0079E
EC-1342
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N9P
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canister.
Turn ignition switch ON, and select PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle.
EC
F
PBIB0569E
5.
At idle
Vacuum
Should exist.
PBIB0676E
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canister.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
4. Check for vacuum existence at the EVAP purge hose under the
following conditions.
1.
2.
Conditions
At idle
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum
Should not exist.
Should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0676E
EC-1343
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0501E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0148E
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1344
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
J
PBIB0569E
EC-1345
Component Inspection
EBS00N9Q
100.0%
Yes
0.0%
No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
PBIB0150E
EBS00N9R
EC-1346
PFP:23796
A
EBS00N9S
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Wheel sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM
Intake valve
timing control
Actuator
EC
I
PBIB0540E
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
PBIB0195E
EBS00N9T
Shift lever: N
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0% - 2%
Approx. 0% - 50%
EC-1347
MONITOR ITEM
EBS00N9U
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
107
Y/R
Warm-up condition
PBIB0532E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1348
Wiring Diagram
EBS00N9V
EC
TBWA0080E
EC-1349
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00N9W
Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
At idle
PBIB0678E
PBIB0532E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
3.
4.
PBIB0511E
PBIB0285E
EC-1350
Check the harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM relay.
EC
4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0565E
EC-1351
Component Inspection
EBS00N9X
Resistance
1 and 2
1 or 2 and ground
PBIB0574E
EBS00N9Y
EC-1352
PNP SWITCH
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PNP SWITCH
Component Description
PFP:32006
A
EBS00N9Z
When the gear position is P (A/T models only) or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
EC
EBS00NA0
P/N POSI SW
C
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model)
Neutral (M/T model)
ON
OFF
EBS00NA1
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]
43
G/OR
Gear position is P or N.
PNP switch
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
A/T model
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14v)
M/T model
Approximately 5V
EC-1353
PNP SWITCH
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NA2
TBWA0081E
EC-1354
PNP SWITCH
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NA3
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Select "P/N POSI SW" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check the "P/N POSI SW" signal under the following conditions.
Selector lever position
EC
ON
OFF
E
PBIB0102E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 43 and ground under the
following conditions.
Selector lever position
"P" and "N" position
Except the above position
Voltage
Approximately 0V
A/T models: Battery voltage
M/T models: Approximately 5V
PBIB0679E
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
EC-1355
PNP SWITCH
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC-1356
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
Component Description
PFP:16600
A
EBS00NA4
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
EC
D
SEF375Z
EBS00NA5
CONDITION
Shift lever: N
No-load
Shift lever: N
No-load
B/FUEL SCHDL
INJ PULSE-B1
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
2,000 rpm
EBS00NA6
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M
[Engine is running]
101
102
103
104
R/B
Y/B
G/B
L/B
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
PBIB0529E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0530E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1357
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NA7
TBWA0082E
EC-1358
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NA8
1. INSPECTION START
EC
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
PBIB0133E
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
L
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1359
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PBIB0510E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0582E
10A fuse
EC-1360
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-1361, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace injector.
Component Inspection
EBS00NA9
INJECTOR
1.
2.
K
PBIB0181E
EBS00NAA
INJECTOR
EC-1361
START SIGNAL
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
START SIGNAL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
PFP:48750
EBS00NAB
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF ON OFF
EBS00NAC
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
41
WIRE
COLOR
B/Y
ITEM
Start signal
CONDITION
Approximately 0V
9 - 14V
EC-1362
START SIGNAL
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NAD
EC
TBWA0085E
EC-1363
START SIGNAL
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NAE
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 3.
START SIGNAL
OFF
ON
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E
Voltage
Battery voltage
Approximately 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0583E
5. CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 10A fuse.
3. Check if 10A fuse is OK.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace 10A fuse.
EC-1364
START SIGNAL
[QR20(WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect ignition switch harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 41 and fuse block (J/B), ignition switch and fuse block EC
(J/B). Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Harness connectors
Harness for open or short between ignition switch and fuse block (J/B)
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse block (J/B)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
EC-1365
PFP:17042
EBS00NAF
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
ECM
Function
Fuel pump
control
Actuator
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 180 signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the
engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the 180 signal is not received when the ignition switch
is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving
safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn
controls the fuel pump.
Condition
Operates.
Stops.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
PBIB0513E
EBS00NAG
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
EBS00NAH
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-1366
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
29
B/P
0 - 1.0V
EC
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC-1367
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NAI
TBWA0086E
EC-1368
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NAJ
1.
2.
EC
PBIB0517E
I
PBIB0507E
4.
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
M
PBIB0657E
10A fuse
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1369
Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and condenser
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-1371, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace condenser.
7. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuel pump
Harness for open or short between fuel pump and body ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1370
PBIB0506E
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00NAK
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
PBIB0098E
EC-1371
Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 3 and 5.
Resistance: Approximately 1.0 [at 25C (77F)]
PBIB0658E
CONDENSER
1.
2.
3.
SEF124Y
EBS00NAL
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-1372
PFP:92136
A
EBS00NAM
EC
D
PBIB0503E
H
SEF099X
EBS00NAN
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
58
65
Sensors' ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
83
R/L
Refrigerant pressure
sensor
Warm-up condition
(Compressor operates.)
EC-1373
1.0 - 4.0V
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NAO
TBWA0088E
EC-1374
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NAP
EC
E
PBIB0659E
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
PBIB0503E
5.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF479Y
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1375
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EBS00NAQ
EC-1376
PFP:25350
A
EBS00NAR
LOAD SIGNAL
HEATER FAN SW
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
EC
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
EBS00NAS
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
R/W
R/Y
LG/B
G
[Ignition switch ON]
52
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
H
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
J
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
EC-1377
Wiring Diagram
EBS00NAT
TBWA0094E
EC-1378
EC
TBWA0398E
EC-1379
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00NAU
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> GO TO 5.
LOAD SIGNAL
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB0103E
LOAD SIGNAL
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
PBIB0103E
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition
LOAD SIGNAL
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
PBIB0103E
EC-1380
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 52 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
EC
Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
E
PBIB0660E
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 53 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
0V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
J
PBIB0070E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 55 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
0V
Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 16.
PBIB0661E
EC-1381
9. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect rear window defogger relay.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and harness connector M17 terminal 1 (RHD models), 5 (LHD models).
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open and short between ECM and harness connector M17
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1382
A
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and lighting switch terminal 9, 10 under the following
conditions.
C
PBIB0662E
Condition
Continuity
Should exist
Harness for open and short between ECM and lighting switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1383
Stop engine.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Disconnect A/C AUTO AMP. harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 55 and A/C AUTO AMP. terminal 19.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open and short between ECM and A/C AUTO AMP.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1384
PFP:24814
A
EBS00NAV
EC
TBWA0097E
EC-1385
PFP:14950
EBS00NAW
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB0491E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EC-1386
EC
PBIB0490E
EC-1387
Component Inspection
EBS00NAX
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B . Orally blow air through port A .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
2. Block port A . Orally blow air through port B .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
PBIB0663E
2.
3.
SEF552Y
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1.
SEF989X
2.
3.
SEF943S
EC-1388
PFP:11810
A
EBS00NAY
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
G
PBIB0492E
SEF559A
Component Inspection
EBS00NAZ
SEC137A
EC-1389
S-ET277
EC-1390
PFP:00030
A
EBS00NB0
EC
EBS00NB1
Air conditioner: ON
Ignition timing
In P or N position
In P or N position
Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
*2: It refrigerant pressure is low, the idle speed may not be increased.
EBS00NB2
10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm
10 - 35
EBS00NB3
Supply voltage
1.1 - 1.5*V
1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec at idle*
4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec at 2,500 rpm*
EBS00NB4
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
25 (77)
1.9 - 2.1
80 (176)
0.31 - 0.37
L
EBS00NB5
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
EBS00NB6
2.3 - 4.3
EBS00NB7
2.3 - 4.3
EBS00NB8
EBS00NB9
EC-1391
EBS00NBA
Approximately 1 - 15
Injector
EBS00NBB
13.5 - 17.5
Fuel Pump
EBS00NBC
Approximately 1.0
EC-1392
PFP:00024
A
EBS00368
DTC
Trip
MI lighting
up
Reference page
P0120
EC-1460
P1510
EC-1531
BATTERY VOLTAGE
P1660
EC-1542
P0340
EC-1484
U1000
EC-1448
P0115
EC-1456
CR PRES SEN
P0190
EC-1468
P0335
EC-1479
CYL1 INJECTOR
P0201
EC-1472
CYL2 INJECTOR
P0202
EC-1472
CYL3 INJECTOR
P0203
EC-1472
CYL4 INJECTOR
P0204
EC-1472
ECM 1
P1606
EC-1536
ECM 10
P1107
EC-1494
ECM 15
P1621
EC-1538
P1305
EC-1529
P1216
EC-1501
INJ1 CORREC R
P1301
EC-1525
INJ2 CORREC R
P1302
EC-1525
INJ3 CORREC R
P1303
EC-1525
INJ4 CORREC R
P1304
EC-1525
P0100
EC-1451
NATS MALFUNCTION
P1610 - P1617
BL-80
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
OVER HEAT
P1217
EC-1508
P1180
EC-1496
SUCTION CONT/V1
P1233
EC-1519
SUCTION CONT/V2
P1234
EC-1519
TCS/CIRC
P1212
EC-1500
P1211
EC-1499
P0500
EC-1489
EBS0036C
Items
(CONSULT-II screen item)
Trip
MI lighting up
Reference page
U1000
EC-1448
P0000
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0100
EC-1451
P0115
EC-1456
EC-1393
EC
DTC
Trip
MI lighting up
Reference page
P0120
EC-1460
P0190
CR PRES SEN
EC-1468
P0201
CYL1 INJECTOR
EC-1472
P0202
CYL2 INJECTOR
EC-1472
P0203
CYL3 INJECTOR
EC-1472
P0204
CYL4 INJECTOR
EC-1472
P0335
EC-1479
P0340
EC-1484
P0500
EC-1489
P1107
ECM 10
EC-1494
P1180
EC-1496
P1211
EC-1499
P1212
TCS/CIRC
EC-1500
P1216
EC-1501
P1217
OVER HEAT
EC-1508
P1233
SUCTION CONT/V1
EC-1519
P1234
SUCTION CONT/V2
EC-1519
P1301
INJ1 CORREC R
EC-1525
P1302
INJ2 CORREC R
EC-1525
P1303
INJ3 CORREC R
EC-1525
P1304
INJ4 CORREC R
EC-1525
P1305
EC-1529
P1510
EC-1531
P1606
ECM 1
EC-1536
NATS MALFUNTION
BL-80
P1610 - P1617
P1621
ECM 15
EC-1538
P1660
BATTERY VOLTAGE
EC-1542
EC-1394
PRECAUTIONS
[YD]
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER
EBS00NBT
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
C
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be perD
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
E
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harness connectors.
F
Precautions
EBS00317
Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
SEF289H
M
PBIB0378E
EC-1395
SEF291H
PRECAUTIONS
[YD]
SEF348N
SEF709Y
EC-1396
PRECAUTIONS
[YD]
A
EBS00318
EC
EC-1397
PFP:23710
EBS0037A
PBIB1410E
EC-1398
System Chart
EBS0037B
A
Input (Sensor)
ECM Function
Output (Actuator)
Ignition switch
Battery voltage
EC
*: The input signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
EBS0036G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Three types of fuel injection control are provided to accommodate engine operating conditions; normal control,
idle control and start control. The ECM determines the appropriate fuel injection control. Under each control,
the amount of fuel injected is adjusted to improve engine performance.
Pulse signals are exchanged between ECM and Electronic Drive Unit (EDU). EDU controls fuel injectors
according to the input signals to adjust the amount of fuel injected to the preset value.
START CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor
Engine speed
Piston position
Ignition switch
Start signal
ECM Function
Fuel injection
control (start
control)
Actuator
EDU
Fuel injectors
Suction control valve
When the ECM receives a start signal from the ignition switch, the
ECM adapts the fuel injection system for the start control. The
amount of fuel injected at engine starting is a preset program value
in the ECM. The program is determined by the engine speed, engine
coolant temperature and common rail fuel pressure.
For better startability under cool engine conditions, the lower the
coolant temperature becomes, the greater the amount of fuel
injected. The ECM ends the start control when the engine speed
reaches the specific value, and shifts the control to the normal or idle
control.
SEF648S
EC-1399
Engine speed
Battery
Battery voltage
Vehicle speed
ECM Function
Fuel injection
control (Idle
control)
Actuator
EDU
Fuel injectors
Suction control valve
When the ECM determines that the engine speed is at idle, the fuel injection system is adapted for the idle
control. The ECM regulates the amount of fuel injected corresponding to changes in load applied to the engine
to keep engine speed constant. The ECM also provides the system with a fast idle control in response to the
engine coolant temperature signal.
NORMAL CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor
Engine speed
Accelerator position
ECM Function
Fuel injection
control (Normal control)
Actuator
EDU
Fuel injectors
Suction control valve
The amount of fuel injected under normal driving conditions is determined according to sensor signals. The crankshaft position sensor
(TDC) detects engine speed, the accelerator pedal position sensor
detects accelerator pedal position and common rail fuel pressure
sensor detects common rail fuel pressure. These sensors send signals to the ECM.
The fuel injection data, predetermined by correlation between various engine speeds, accelerator pedal positions and common rail fuel
pressure are stored in the ECM memory, forming a map. The ECM
determines the optimal amount of fuel to be injected using the sensor signals in comparison with the map.
SEF649S
Engine speed
Accelerator position
ECM Function
Fuel injection
control (Maximum amount
control)
Actuator
EDU
Fuel Injectors
The maximum injection amount is controlled to an optimum by the engine speed, intake air amount, engine
coolant temperature, and accelerator opening in accordance with the driving conditions.
This prevents the oversupply of the injection amount caused by decreased air density at a high altitude or during a system failure.
EC-1400
A
Input Signal to ECM
Engine speed
ECM Function
Fuel injection
control (Deceleration control)
Actuator
EC
EDU
Fuel injectors
The ECM sends a fuel cut signal to the fuel injector and suction control valve during deceleration for better fuel
efficiency. The ECM determines the time of deceleration according to signals from the accelerator pedal
released position switch and crankshaft position sensor (TDC).
EBS0036H
The target fuel injection timing in accordance with the engine speed and the fuel injection amount are recorded
as a map in the ECM beforehand. The ECM determines the optimum injection timing using sensor signals
accordance with the map.
DESCRIPTION
EBS0036I
F
Input Signal to ECM
Vehicle speed
ECM Function
Actuator
G
Air conditioner
cut control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves acceleration when the air conditioner is used.
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed, the air conditioner is turned off for a few seconds.
When engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the air conditioner is turned off. This continues
until the engine coolant temperature returns to normal.
EBS0036J
Vehicle speed
Accelerator position
Engine speed
ECM Function
Actuator
EDU
Fuel injectors
If the engine speed is above 2,800 rpm with no load (for example, in neutral and engine speed over 2,800
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-1399, "Fuel Injection Control System" .
EC-1401
EBS0036K
DESCRIPTION
In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.
PBIB0590E
INSPECTION
Ventilation Hose
1.
2.
SEC692
CAN Communication
EBS00NBH
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
EC-1402
EC
D
SKIA0885E
ECM
Steering wheel
angle sensor
EC-1403
PFP:00018
EBS0036N
DESCRIPTION
A water draining cock is on the lower side and a priming pump for bleeding air is on the upper side.
AIR BLEEDING
Pump the priming pump to bleed air.
Start engine and let it idle for at least one minute after performing air bleeding.
SEF375Y
WATER DRAINING
1.
a.
b.
2.
Remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, protector assembly from the dash panel as follows.
Remove the air cleaner case (upper), air duct assembly, and vacuum hose for brake booster (between the
vacuum pump and vacuum pipe).
CAUTION:
After the duct is removed, cover the opening with gum tape, etc. to prevent foreign object from
getting into the engine during the operation.
Remove the mounting nuts on the dash panel, then remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, and protector
assembly from the dash panel.
It is not necessary to disconnect the fuel hose.
Using a tool such as a pliers, loosen the water draining cock at the bottom of the fuel filter.
EBS009NW
DESCRIPTION
"Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" is an operating to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed
when accelerator work unit or ECM is replaced.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0411E
EC-1404
EC
C
PBIB0412E
5.
G
PBIB0413E
EBS009PB
DESCRIPTION
When the fuel pressure in common rail increases to excessively high, fuel pressure relief valve opens to carry
excess fuel to the return hose.
I
M
PBIB0467E
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
EC-1405
PBIB0587E
PFP:00028
EBS0037C
When a malfunction is detected, the malfunction (DTC) is stored in the ECM memory.
The MI will light up each time the ECM detects malfunction. For diagnostic items causing the MI to light up,
refer to EC-1393, "INDEX FOR DTC" .
EBS0037D
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II displays the DTC in "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode. Example: P0115, P0335, P1233, etc. These
DTCs are prescribed by ISO15031-6.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least
5 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Touch ENGINE.
Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
PBIB0476E
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELFDIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
EBS008YE
EC-1406
SEF543X
EBS0036Q
DESCRIPTION
EC
E
SAT652J
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode I
Ignition switch in
ON position
BULB CHECK
Engine stopped
I
Engine running
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
This is a usual driving condition. When ECM detects a malfunction, the MI will light up to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected.
Condition
ON
OFF
No malfunction.
EC-1407
PBIB0589E
EC-1408
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
PFP:00004
A
EBS0036Z
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injection control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators.
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions
such as vacuum leaks, or other malfunctions with the engine.
EC
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
H
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be performed. Follow the EC-1410, "WORK FLOW" .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
L
SEF234G
EC-1409
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
WORK FLOW
PBIB0477E
*1
*4
*2
EC-1410
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Description for Work Flow
STEP
DESCRIPTION
STEP I
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
EC-1411, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET" .
STEP II
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II) the DTC, then erase the DTC.
Refer to EC-1406 .
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1441, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The
Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. Refer to EC-1416 .) Also check related service bulletins for information.
STEP III
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA
MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1441, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
STEP IV
Try to detect the DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the DTC by
using CONSULT-II.
During the DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode
and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1441, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The DTC
cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the DTC detection.
STEP V
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to Trouble Diagnosis for DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the Basic Inspection, EC-1412 . Then perform inspections according to the
Symptom Matrix Chart. Refer to EC-1416 .
STEP VI
STEP VII
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-1425 or EC-1437 .
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , Circuit Inspection.
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If the malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-1441, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code (DTC P0000) is detected. If the incident is
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Refer to
EC-1406 .)
SEF907L
EC-1411
EC
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0533
Basic Inspection
EBS0037E
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps.
EC-1412
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident.
Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to EC
MA-7, "PERIODIC MAINTENANCE" .
Open engine hood and check the following:
C
Harness connectors for improper connections
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
D
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
E
>> GO TO 2.
SEF142I
With CONSULT-II
Connect CONSULT-II to the data link connector.
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT-II
1. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Read idle speed.
72525 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF817Y
EC-1413
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Stop engine.
Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to EC-1404, "AIR BLEEDING" .
>> GO TO 6.
SEF817Y
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and let it idle.
Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Read idle speed.
72525 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 9.
SEF817Y
EC-1414
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Read idle speed.
72525 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> 1. Replace fuel injector.
2. GO TO 3.
L
SEF817Y
EC-1415
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
EBS0037F
LOW IDLE
HI IDLE
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
AD
LACK OF POWER
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AC
WHEN DECELERATING
AA
DURING DRIVING
AT IDLE
ENGINE STALL
Reference page
SYMPTOM
AB
Fuel injector
Engine body
AE
AF
EC-1472
EC-1501
EGR system
EC-1551
MA-32
1
3
EC-1544
3
EC-1405
EDU circuit
ENGINE CONTROL
EC-1519
EC-1472
EC-1501
EC-1451
EC-1456
EC-1489
EC-1460
EM-110
EC-1531
EC-1468
EC-1416
EC-1479
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
LOW IDLE
HI IDLE
POOR ACCELERATION
LACK OF POWER
KNOCK/DETONATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
WHEN DECELERATING
DURING DRIVING
AT IDLE
I
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
EC-1484
ENGINE CONTROL
EC-1442
EC-1442
EC-1551
EC-1544
1
1
2
EC-1508
EC-1566
EC
AA
E
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD
ENGINE STALL
Reference page
SYMPTOM
1
2
EC-1538
EC-1494,
EC-1536
EC-1572
EC-1572
EC-1406
EC-1417
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Fuel injector
EC-1472
EC-1501
AP
Glow system
WHITE SMOKE
BLACK SMOKE
IDLING VIBRATION
AH
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
AG
HA
Engine body
Reference page
SYMPTOM
EC-1544
EM-110
EGR system
EC-1551
MA-32
EC-1405
ENGINE CONTROL
EC-1519
EC-1472
EDU circuit
EC-1501
EC-1451
EC-1456
EC-1489
EC-1460
EC-1531
EC-1468
EC-1479
1
1
EC-1418
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Can be detected by CONSULT-II?
WHITE SMOKE
BLACK SMOKE
AL
AK
AJ
AH
AG
IDLING VIBRATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
SYMPTOM
F
AM
AP
HA
EC-1484
EC-1566
EC-1442
ENGINE CONTROL
2
1
EC-1544
EC-1442
EC-1551
1
EC-1508
EC
EC-1538
EC1494,EC1536
EC-1572
EC-1572
EC-1406
EC-1419
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
EBS00372
PBIB0383E
EC-1420
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
A
EC
PBIB0474E
EC-1421
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
PBIB0475E
EC-1422
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Circuit Diagram
EBS0037G
EC
TBWA0335E
EC-1423
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TBWA0100E
EC-1424
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
EBS00374
EC
PBIB0473E
EBS00375
PREPARATION
1.
H
PBIB0377E
2.
Perform all voltage measurements with the connector connected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
MEC486B
EC-1425
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
0 - 4V
[Engine is running]
A1
A2
A3
A4
L/W
Y/PU
PU
Y
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0387E
0 - 4V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0388E
A5
A6
A7
B
B
B
ECM ground
A8
A9
R
R
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0.5 - 2.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0389E
A10
Warm-up condition
PBIB0390E
A11
A12
L/OR
PU
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with engine
coolant temperature
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
temperature
A21
Accelerator pedal
released position switch
ground
Approximately 0V
A22
LG
Approximately 0V
A23
Sensor's ground
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
EC-1426
Approximately 0V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
[Engine is running]
A24
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
EC
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
A25
G/W
Injector's ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
A26
LG/R
Approximately 0V
A27
Approximately 5V
A28
PU/R
Approximately 5V
1 - 5V
F
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
G
PBIB0391E
A29
W/PU
1 - 5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0392E
A31
W/L
B3
B4
B5
B6
W
OR/B
W/L
GY
B9
G/B
B10
Y/B
B11
R/B
B12
W/B
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0.1 - 14V
(Voltage signals of each ECM terminals differ according to the control position of EGR volume
control valve.)
Y/R
Y/R
M
[Ignition switch ON]
0.2 - 4.8V
(There are individual differences
between fuel injector adjustment
resistors.)
[Engine is running]
B13
B14
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.6 - 1.8V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
EC-1427
1.8 - 2.0V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
B15
Engine stopped
0.8 - 1.3V
Engine stopped
B16
Engine stopped
0.3 - 1.8V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
B18
R/G
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
0 - 3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0393E
B19
R/Y
Warm-up condition
PBIB0394E
[Engine is running]
B20
L/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
B21
L/G
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0395E
0 - 30.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0396E
EC-1428
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMINAL
NO.
B23
WIRE
COLOR
GY/L
ITEM
Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2 power supply
CONDITION
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
Approximately 5V
EC
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
D
PBIB0397E
D1
L/OR
Tachometer
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0398E
D2
OR
Glow lamp
D9
OR/L
Malfunction indicator
Glow lamp is ON
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 1.0V
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
D11
Approximately 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.1V
D14
D18
D19
G/Y
W/R
W/R
Accelerator pedal
released position switch
Ignition switch
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
PU/W
G
G
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
D24
D26
[Engine is running]
D23
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC-1429
Approximately 0.1V
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
D25
R/G
B/Y
Start signal
D27
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
CONDITION
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
E1
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0399E
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0400E
[Engine is running]
E2
LG
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0.1V
[Engine is running]
E7
LG/B
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0.1V
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0401E
E8
Y/G
Warm-up condition
PBIB0402E
E9
W/R
Glow relay
E10
EC-1430
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMINAL
NO.
E11
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
E12
P/B
[Engine is running]
G/OR
Park/Neutral position
switch
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
Approximately 2.6 - 3.2V
Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
EC
Approximately 0V
C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
G
PBIB0401E
E16
G/W
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0402E
0 - 5V
[Engine is running]
E21
L/B
L
PBIB0386E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-II Function
M
EBS0037H
PBIB0376E
EC-1431
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
4.
MBIB0233E
5.
Touch ENGINE.
If ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-34, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
SEF995X
6.
PBIB0410E
EC-1432
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
A
INPUT
SELF-DIAG
RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
EC
OUTPUT
ACTIVE
TEST
Battery voltage
Fuel injector
Glow relay
X: Applicable
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Regarding items detected in SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode, refer to EC-1393, "INDEX FOR DTC" .
MONITOR ITEM
ECM
INPUT
SIGNAL
MAIN
SIGNALS
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
COOLAN TEMP/S
[C] or [F]
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
EC-1433
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNAL
MAIN
SIGNALS
MONITOR ITEM
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
CONDITION
BRAKE SW [ON/OFF]
IGN SW [ON/OFF]
SUCTION CV [CA]
COOLING FAN
[LOW/HI/OFF]
EC-1434
SPECIFICATION
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
MONITOR ITEM
ECM
INPUT
SIGNAL
MAIN
SIGNALS
CAN
DIAG
SUPPORT
MNTR
A
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
EC
Voltage [V]
Frequency [msec], [Hz] or
[%]
DUTY-HI
DUTY-LOW
PLS WIDTH-HI
PLS WIDTH-LOW
CAN COMM
[OK/NG]
CAN CIRC 1
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 2
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 3
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 4
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 5
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 6
[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 7
[OK/UNKWN]
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-1435
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
ACTIVE TEST MODE
TEST ITEM
POWER BALANCE
COOLING FAN
OFF ACCEL PO
SIG
GLOW RELAY
PRES REGULATOR
CONDITION
Shift lever N
Ignition switch: ON
JUDGEMENT
Compression
Fuel injectors
Glow relay
Fuel line
This mode is used for ECM to learn accelerator pedal released positions.
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Fuel leaks.
While trying to detect the DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to select to DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the
SEF707X
moment it is detected.
EC-1436
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
2.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
A
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC will be displayed. Refer to GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , INCIDENT SIMUEC
LATION TESTS.
MANU TRIG
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU
C
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
D
SEF720X
FUNCTION TEST
This mode is used to inform customers of their vehicle condition of periodic maintenance.
EBS0037I
Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Tachometer: Connect
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
COOLAN TEMP/S
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer indication
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
VHCL SPEED SE
FUEL TEMP SEN
ACCEL POS SEN*
0.8 - 1.3V
EC-1437
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
MONITOR ITEM
ACCEL SEN 2*
OFF ACCEL SW
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.3 - 1.8V
ON
OFF
Idle
1.0 - 2.5V
2,000 rpm
2.1 - 2.7V
No-load
BATTERY VOLT
P/N POSI SW
Ignition switch: ON
MAS AIR/FL SE
START SIGNAL
PW/ST SIGNAL
BRAKE SW
IGN SW
No-load
No-load
Idle speed
ACT CR PRESS
SUCTION CV
GLOW RLY
COOLING FAN
ON
Except above
OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON OFF
Idle
30 - 40 MPa
2,000 rpm
40 - 50 MPa
Idle
70.0 - 71.5CA
2,000 rpm
73.5 - 75.0CA
No-load
OFF
LOW
HIGH
0 step
No-load
INT/A VOLUME
Ignition switch: ON
11 - 14V
SPECIFICATION
EC-1438
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Altitude
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2 , 14.59
psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95
BARO SEN
Ignition switch: ON
EC
0123
Engine is running
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differ from ECM terminals voltage.
EC-1439
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
EBS0037J
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.
SEF321Y
EC-1440
PFP:00006
A
EBS00321
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor
electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be clear.
Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the specific malC
functioning area.
Situation
II
The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0.
III
IV
VI
The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00322
1. INSPECTION START
Erase DTCs. Refer to EC-1406, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .
>> GO TO 2.
H
Perform GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC-1441
PFP:24110
EBS00369
Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
A5
A6
A7
B
B
B
ECM ground
A8
A9
R
R
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
A31
W/L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D18
D19
W/R
W/R
Ignition switch
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
D24
D26
G
G
EC-1442
Approximately 0V
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Wiring Diagram
EBS0036A
EC
TBWA0101E
EC-1443
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS0036B
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> GO TO 2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0356E
10A fuse
EC-1444
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> Check EDU power supply circuit. Refer to EC-1505,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
NG
>> GO TO 6.
PBIB0357E
I
PBIB0377E
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
PBIB0359E
20A fuse
EC-1445
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals A8, A9 and ECM relay terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
PBIB0478E
20A fuse
EC-1446
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals A5, A6, A7 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Component Inspection
EBS003PG
ECM RELAY
1.
2.
Continuity
Yes
OFF
No
3.
I
PBIB0077E
EC-1447
PFP:23710
EBS00LUE
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Trouble diagnosis
name
U1000
1000
CAN communication
line
EBS00LUF
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
EBS00LUG
EC-1448
Wiring Diagram
EBS00LUH
EC
TBWA0336E
EC-1449
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00LUI
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
PBIB1411E
EC-1450
PFP:22680
A
EBS004Q0
The mass air flow sensor (MAFS) is placed in the stream of intake
air. It measures the intake air flow rate by measuring a part of the
entire intake air flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with
electric current from the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot
film is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
D
SEF987W
EBS004Q1
CONDITION
No-load
MAS AIR/FL SE
SPECIFICATION
Idle
1.0 - 2.5V
2,000 rpm
2.1 - 2.7V
EBS00BR6
Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
A8
A9
WIRE
COLOR
R
R
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0.5 - 2.5V
L
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
M
PBIB0389E
A10
Warm-up condition
PBIB0390E
[Engine is running]
A24
A27
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
EC-1451
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]
D24
D26
G
G
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EBS004Q3
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF817Y
EC-1452
Wiring Diagram
EBS004Q5
EC
TBWA0102E
EC-1453
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS004Q6
SEF884Y
4.
Voltage
Approximately 5V
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0360E
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1454
A
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal A10. Refer to Wiring
EC
Diagram.
Component Inspection
EBS004Q7
Condition
Ignition switch "ON" (Engine stopped.)
Voltage V
Approx. 1.0
1.0 - 2.5
2.1 - 2.7
4.
PBIB0361E
EBS008YD
EC-1455
Description
EBS004Q8
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature C (F)
Voltage* (V)
Resistance (k)
10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.3
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
1.0
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and measured between ECM terminal A11
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EBS004Q9
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF817Y
EC-1456
Wiring Diagram
EBS004QB
EC
TBWA0103E
EC-1457
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS004QC
PBIB0374E
4.
Check voltage between ECTS terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.
PBIB0080E
EC-1458
Component Inspection
EBS004QD
D
PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are measured between ECM terminal A11 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and body ground.
2.
EBS008YF
EC-1459
PFP:18002
EBS004R5
The accelerator work unit is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The accelerator
pedal position sensor 1, 2 and accelerator pedal released position switch are built into the accelerator work
unit. The sensors detect the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.
The accelerator pedal released position switch detects accelerator pedal released position and sends the signal to the ECM. The ECM will then determine engine idle conditions. The signal is also used for diagnosing the
accelerator pedal position sensor.
PBIB0463E
EBS004R6
ACCEL SEN 2*
OFF ACCEL SW
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.8 - 1.3V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.3 - 1.8V
ON
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differ from ECM terminals voltage.
EBS004R7
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
A21
Accelerator pedal
released position switch
ground
Approximately 0V
A22
LG
Approximately 0V
EC-1460
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
CONDITION
LG/R
Approximately 0V
PU/R
Approximately 5V
EC
B15
Engine stopped
0.8 - 1.3V
Engine stopped
B16
B23
GY/L
Engine stopped
0.3 - 1.8V
Engine stopped
G
Approximately 5V
D14
G/Y
Accelerator pedal
released position switch
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
Approximately 0V
P0120
EBS004R8
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EBS004R9
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF817Y
EC-1461
Wiring Diagram
EBS004RA
TBWA0112E
EC-1462
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS004RB
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select ACCEL POS SEN and ACCEL SEN 2 in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Check ACCEL POS SEN and ACCEL SEN 2 signal under
the following conditions.
ACCEL POS SEN
ACCEL SEN 2
Conditions
0.8 - 1.3V
0.3 - 1.8V
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0403E
With CONSULT-II
1. Select OFF ACCEL SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Check OFF ACCEL SW signal under the following conditions.
Conditions
OFF ACCEL SW
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
PBIB0404E
EC-1463
PBIB0379E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0364E
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator work unit
5. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator work unit
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1464
7. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator work unit
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
M
PBIB0379E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
PBIB0365E
EC-1465
Harness for open or short between accelerator work unit and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
12. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator work unit
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS004RC
EC-1466
ACCEL SEN 2
0.8 - 1.3V
0.3 - 1.8V
EC
PBIB0403E
Continuity
Should exist.
PBIB0366E
EBS008YG
EC-1467
PFP:16638
EBS004RD
The common rail fuel pressure sensor is placed to the common rail. It measures the fuel pressure in the common rail. The sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the common rail by the suction control valve. The ECM uses the signal
from common rail fuel pressure sensor as a feedback signal.
EBS008YH
CONDITION
No-load
ACT CR PRESS
SPECIFICATOIN
Idle
30 - 40 MPa
2,000 rpm
40 - 50 MPa
EBS008YI
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
[Engine is running]
A23
A27
Sensor's ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
B13
B14
Y/R
Y/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.6 - 1.8V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.8 - 2.0V
EBS004RE
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF817Y
EC-1468
Wiring Diagram
EBS004RG
EC
TBWA0125E
EC-1469
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS004RH
PBIB0382E
4.
Check voltage between common rail fuel pressure sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
PBIB0405E
2. CHECK COMMON RAIL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1470
4. CHECK COMMON RAIL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
Component Inspection
EBS004RI
1.
2.
3.
Idle
1.6 - 1.8
2,000 rpm
1.8 - 2.0
4.
5.
Voltage V
PBIB0588E
EBS008YJ
COMMON RAIL
Refer to EM-144, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1471
PFP:16600
EBS008X0
PBIB0482E
The ECM sends the fuel injection signal to EDU (Electronic Drive Unit). Then the EDU sends ON signals to
fuel injectors to operate them.
The EDU monitors injector ground circuit and sends the feedback signal to the ECM.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When fuel injector receives ON signal from EDU, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel
to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The amount of fuel
injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is
the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls
the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
PBIB0465E
EBS008X1
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
No-load
Idle speed
EBS008X2
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-1472
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
CONDITION
0 - 4V
EC
[Engine is running]
A1
A2
A3
A4
L/W
Y/PU
PU
Y
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0387E
D
0 - 4V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
F
PBIB0388E
A8
A9
R
R
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
1 - 5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
I
PBIB0391E
A29
W/PU
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0392E
D24
D26
G
G
Approximately 0V
M
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EBS008X3
P0201
P0202
P0203
P0204
EC-1473
Harness or connectors
(Injector circuit is open or shorted.)
Fuel injector
EBS008X4
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF817Y
EC-1474
Wiring Diagram
EBS008X5
EC
TBWA0132E
EC-1475
TBWA0133E
EC-1476
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS008X6
DTC
EC
Cylinder
ECM
EDU
P0201
A4
No.1
P0202
A1
No.2
P0203
A3
No.3
P0204
A2
No.4
PBIB0407E
DTC
Cylinder
EDU
Fuel injector
P0201
No.1
P0202
12
No.2
P0203
10
No.3
P0204
11
No.4
PBIB0409E
Check harness continuity fuel injector terminal 3 of malfunctioning cylinder and EDU terminal 13.
Continuity should exist.
EC-1477
Component Inspection
EBS008YK
FUEL INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0406E
EBS008YL
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-144, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1478
PFP:23731
A
EBS004RQ
EC
D
PBIB0368E
EBS004RR
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Tachometer: Connect
Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication.
EBS004RS
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
B20
L/R
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
0 - 12.5V
L
[Engine is running]
B21
L/G
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
M
PBIB0395E
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0396E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1479
EBS004RT
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EBS004RU
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF817Y
EC-1480
Wiring Diagram
EBS004RV
EC
TBWA0123E
EC-1481
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS004RW
1. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (TDC) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
PBIB0385E
3.
4.
PBIB0416E
2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (TDC) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between crankshaft position sensor (TDC) terminal 2 and ECM terminal B21.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Component Inspection
EBS008YW
EC-1482
EC
PBIB0419E
5.
G
PBIB0417E
EBS008YX
Tightening torque:
4.9 - 7.9 Nm (0.50 - 0.81 kg-m, 43 - 70 in-lb)
PBIB0416E
EC-1483
PFP:23731
EBS008YN
PBIB0367E
EBS008YP
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
B18
R/G
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
0 - 3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0393E
B19
R/Y
Warm-up condition
PBIB0394E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EBS008YQ
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EBS008YR
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V.
EC-1484
EC
D
SEF817Y
EC-1485
Wiring Diagram
EBS008YS
TBWA0124E
EC-1486
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS008YT
1. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
PBIB0385E
3.
4.
H
PBIB0381E
2. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between camshaft position sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal B19. Refer to
Wiring Diagram.
Component Inspection
EBS008YU
EC-1487
PBIB0418E
5.
PBIB0417E
EBS008YV
EC-1488
PFP:32702
A
EBS004QL
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the 4WD control unit (models with ESP) or the
4WD/ABS control unit (models without ESP).The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM.
EC
EBS004QM
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
CONDITION
0 - 5V
[Engine is running]
E21
L/B
G
PBIB0386E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EBS004QN
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Combination meter
EBS004QO
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
M
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1489
Wiring Diagram
EBS004QP
LHD MODELS
TBWA0337E
EC-1490
EC
TBWA0338E
EC-1491
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS004QQ
1. CHECK DTC WITH 4WD CONTROL UNIT AND ESP/TCS/ABS CONTROL UNIT (MODELS WITH ESP)
OR 4WD/ABS CONTROL UNIT (MODELS WITHOUT ESP)
Check DTC with 4WD control unit and ESP/TCS/ABS control unit (models with ESP) or 4WD/ABS control unit
(models without ESP).
Refer to BRC-64, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (models with ESP) or BRC-7, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" (models
without ESP).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Reform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
Harness for open and short between ECM and combination meter
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1492
A
Check the following.
Harness for open and short between 4WD control unit (models with ESP) or 4WD/ABS control unit (mod- EC
els without ESP) and combination meter
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK SPEEDOMETER
Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS (LHD MODELS)" or DI-24, "COMBINATION METERS (RHD MODELS)" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace combination meter.
EC-1493
PFP:23710
EBS004SY
The absolute pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor detects
ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to the
microcomputer.
PBIB0378E
EBS004SZ
An excessively high or low voltage from the absolute pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to
ECM.
ECM
EBS004T0
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF817Y
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS004T1
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform EC-1494, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is the DTC P1107 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1494
2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
A
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1406,
EC
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
Perform "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Refer to EC-1404 .
C
EC-1495
PFP:16700
EBS004T2
Fuel temperature sensor is built in the fuel supply pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel
supply pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.
EBS004T3
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
EBS004T4
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
A12
WIRE
COLOR
PU
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
temperature
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
A23
Sensor's ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
EBS004T5
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EBS004T6
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF817Y
EC-1496
Wiring Diagram
EBS004T7
EC
TBWA0116E
EC-1497
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS004T8
PBIB0464E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.
PBIB0420E
2. CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EBS008Z2
EC-1498
PFP:47850
A
EBS00LUJ
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from ESP/
TCS/ABS control unit to ECM.
EC
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but
also for ECM after TCS related repair.
EBS00LUK
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MI will not light up for this selfdiagnosis.
D
DTC No.
P1211
1211
Possible cause
E
EBS00LUL
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00LUM
EC-1499
PFP:47850
EBS00LUN
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-1448, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and ESP/TCS/ABS control unit.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but
also for ECM after TCS related repair.
EBS00LUO
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MI will not light up for this selfdiagnosis.
DTC No.
P1212
1212
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
EBS00LUP
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00LUQ
EC-1500
PFP:22710
A
EBS008X9
EC
D
PBIB0482E
The ECM sends the fuel injection signal to EDU (Electronic Drive Unit). Then the EDU sends ON signals to
fuel injectors to operate them.
The EDU monitors injector ground circuit and sends the feed back signal to the ECM.
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
EBS008XB
CONDITION
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
0 - 4V
[Engine is running]
A1
A2
A3
A4
L/W
Y/PU
PU
Y
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0387E
0 - 4V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
PBIB0388E
A8
A9
R
R
EC-1501
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
CONDITION
1 - 5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0391E
A29
W/PU
Warm-up condition
PBIB0392E
D24
D26
G
G
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EBS008XC
Harness or connectors
(Injector drive circuit is open or shorted.)
Fuel injectors
EBS008XD
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF817Y
EC-1502
Wiring Diagram
EBS008XE
EC
TBWA0118E
EC-1503
TBWA0119E
EC-1504
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS008XF
1. INSPECTION START
EC
G
PBIB0407E
4.
Check voltage between EDU terminal 6 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
I
K
PBIB0421E
EC-1505
EDU terminal
A4
A3
A2
A1
10
11
12
4
PBIB0409E
Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 3 of each cylinder and EDU terminal 13. Refer to
Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
EC-1506
EC
F
EBS008Z4
FUEL INJECTOR
EC-1507
PFP:00021
EBS004QR
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Cooling fan
control
Actuator
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
OPERATION
SEF421Z
EBS004QS
COOLING FAN
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
LOW
HIGH
EBS004QT
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
E2
LG
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
E7
LG/B
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0.1V
EBS004QU
EC-1508
Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
Cooling fan
Radiator hose
Radiator
Radiator cap
Water pump
Thermostat
EC
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant following the procedure in the MA-27,
"Changing Engine Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil.
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-18, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
EBS004QV
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow builtup pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
AEC640
2.
3.
4.
SEF111X
EC-1509
Wiring Diagram
EBS004QW
TBWA0107E
EC-1510
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS004QX
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
PBIB0369E
3.
I
SEF784Z
SEF785Z
EC-1511
SLC754A
Radiator
EC-1512
6. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
3.
Remove thermostat.
Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
EC
4.
E
SLC343
PROCEDURE A
K
PBIB0422E
EC-1513
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB0479E
3.
Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-1 terminal 4 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4.
5.
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1514
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PROCEDURE B
J
PBIB0369E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0424E
EC-1515
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible link
>> Repair harness or connectors.
PBIB0479E
3.
Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3, cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and body
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4.
5.
4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1516
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and ECM
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Step
OFF
Inspection item
EBS004QY
Equipment
No blocking
Reference page
Blocked radiator
Blocked bumper
Coolant mixture
Coolant tester
Coolant level
Visual
Radiator cap
Pressure tester
Visual
Condition
ON*2
Coolant leaks
Visual
No leaks
ON*2
Thermostat
ON*1
Cooling fan
CONSULT-II
Operating
OFF
Negative
EC-1517
Step
ON*3
Inspection item
Equipment
Condition
Reference page
Coolant temperature
gauge
Visual
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
Visual
OFF*4
10
Visual
OFF
11
Cylinder head
12
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
Component Inspection
EBS004QZ
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
SEF745U
Speed
(+)
()
Low
High
1, 2
3, 4
Low
High
1, 2
3, 4
PBIB0423E
EC-1518
PFP:16700
A
EBS008XG
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel supply pump, a suction control valve is built into the fuel
supply pump. When the amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel supply pump increases, the fuel supply pump EC
raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result, the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the
engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the suction control valve to raise the injection pressure.
EBS008XH
CONDITION
No-load
SUCTION CV
SPECIFICATION
Idle
70.0 - 71.5CA
2,000 rpm
73.5 - 75.0CA
EBS008XI
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-II.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
E1
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0399E
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
M
PBIB0400E
EC-1519
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0401E
E8
Y/G
Warm-up condition
PBIB0402E
0 - 12.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
PBIB0401E
E16
G/W
Warm-up condition
PBIB0402E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EBS008XJ
P1234
EC-1520
Harness or connectors
(Fuel supply pump suction control valve circuit is
open or shorted.)
EBS008XK
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
D
SEF817Y
EC-1521
Wiring Diagram
EBS008XL
TBWA0122E
EC-1522
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS008XM
EC
PBIB0464E
2. CHECK SUCTION CONTROL VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Component Inspection
EBS008Z6
2.
PBIB0466E
EC-1523
EBS008Z7
EC-1524
PFP:16600
A
EBS008XN
The fuel injector adjustment resistor is built into the fuel injector. The resistance is constant and individual.
ECM uses the individual resistance to determine the fuel injection pulse.
EC
EBS008XP
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
G/W
B9
G/B
B10
Y/B
B11
R/B
B12
W/B
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
E
Approximately 0V
0.2 - 4.8V
(There is an individual difference in fuel injector adjustment resistor.)
P1301
P1302
P1303
P1304
EBS008XQ
Harness or connectors
(Injector adjustment resister circuit is open or
shorted.)
L
EBS008XR
WITH CONSULT-II
4.
[Engine is running]
A25
SEF817Y
EC-1525
Wiring Diagram
EBS008XS
TBWA0128E
EC-1526
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS008XT
EC
E
PBIB0409E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
I
MBIB0186E
Check harness continuity for open and short between ECM and fuel injector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1527
Component Inspection
EBS008Z8
PBIB0415E
EBS008Z9
FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-144, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1528
PFP:17520
A
EBS004TX
Fuel tube
Common rail
EC
C
EBS004TY
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
SEF817Y
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS004U0
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
Start engine.
Visually check the following for fuel leak.
Common rail
EBS008ZA
COMMON RAIL
Refer to EM-144, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .
EC-1529
EC-1530
PFP:18002
A
EBS0096V
The accelerator work unit is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The accelerator
pedal position sensor 1, 2 and accelerator pedal released position switch are built into the accelerator work EC
unit. The sensor detects the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.
The accelerator pedal released position switch detects accelerator pedal released position signal and sends
this signal to the ECM. The ECM will then determine engine idle conditions. This signal is also used for diag- C
nosing the accelerator pedal position sensor.
D
I
PBIB0463E
EBS0096W
ACCEL SEN 2*
OFF ACCEL SW
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.8 - 1.3V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.3 - 1.8V
ON
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differ from ECM terminals voltage.
EBS0096X
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
A21
Accelerator pedal
released position switch
ground
Approximately 0V
A22
LG
Approximately 0V
EC-1531
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
CONDITION
A26
LG/R
Approximately 0V
A28
PU/R
Approximately 5V
B15
Engine stopped
0.8 - 1.3V
Engine stopped
B16
B23
GY/L
Engine stopped
0.3 - 1.8V
Engine stopped
Approximately 5V
D14
G/Y
Accelerator pedal
released position switch
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine stopped
Engine stopped
Approximately 0V
EBS0096Y
Harness or connectors
(Accelerator pedal released position switch circuit is
open or shorted.)
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF817Y
EC-1532
Wiring Diagram
EBS00970
EC
TBWA0131E
EC-1533
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS00971
PBIB0379E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0365E
Harness for open or short between accelerator work unit and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-1534
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator work unit
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
EBS00972
Continuity
Should exist.
Should not exist.
M
PBIB0366E
EBS00973
EC-1535
PFP:23710
EBS008YY
PBIB0378E
EBS008YZ
ECM
EBS008Z0
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
SEF817Y
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS008Z1
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform EC-1536, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is DTC P1606 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 2.
No
>> INSPECTION END
EC-1536
2. REPLACE ECM
1.
2.
3.
A
Replace ECM.
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1406,
EC
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
Perform "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Refer to EC-1404, "Accelerator Pedal Released
Position Learning" .
C
EC-1537
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
PFP:25230
EBS009O8
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
CONDITION
R
R
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
W/R
W/R
Ignition switch
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
D24
D26
G
G
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EBS008Y3
ECM relay
EBS008Y4
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF817Y
EC-1538
Wiring Diagram
EBS008ZC
EC
TBWA0121E
EC-1539
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS008Y5
PBIB0377E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0359E
20A fuse
Harness for open and short between ECM relay and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1540
Check harness continuity between ECM terminals D24, D26 and ECM relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
EC
Component Inspection
EBS008ZD
ECM RELAY
1.
2.
Continuity
Yes
OFF
No
3.
EC-1541
PFP:AYBGL
EBS0035A
The ECM checks if battery voltage is within the tolerance range for the engine control system.
DTC
P1660
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Battery
Alternator
ECM
EBS0035B
With CONSULT-II
Check the following.
Jumper cables are connected for jump starting.
Battery or alternator has been replaced.
If the result is Yes for one item or more, skip the following steps and go to EC-1542, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Check that the positive battery terminal is connected to battery properly. If NG, reconnect it properly.
Check that the alternator functions properly. Refer to SC-12, "CHARGING SYSTEM" .
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait one minute.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1542, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
Start engine and wait one minute at idle.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1542, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS0035C
1. INSPECTION START
Are jumper cables connected for the jump starting?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> GO TO 2.
EC-1542
Check that the jumper cables are connected in the correct sequence.
EC
D
SEF439Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Reconnect jumper cables properly.
EC-1543
PFP:25230
EBS0035J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
ECM Function
Engine speed
Glow control
Actuator
Glow lamp
Glow relay
Glow plugs
When engine coolant temperature is more than approximately 80C (176F), the glow relay turns off.
When coolant temperature is lower than approximately 80C (176F):
Ignition switch ON
After ignition switch has turned to ON, the glow relay turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to
engine coolant temperature, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
Cranking
The glow relay turns ON, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
Starting
After engine has started, current continues to flow through glow plug (after-glow mode) for a certain period
in relation to engine coolant temperature.
The glow indicator lamp turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature at the
time glow relay is turned ON.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Glow Plug
The glow plug is provided with a ceramic heating element to obtain a
high-temperature resistance. It glows in response to a signal sent
from the ECM, allowing current to flow through the glow plug via the
glow relay.
SEF376Y
EBS0035K
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]
D2
OR
Glow lamp
E9
W/R
Glow relay
Glow lamp is ON
EC-1544
Approximately 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Wiring Diagram
EBS0035L
EC
TBWA0108E
EC-1545
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS0035M
1. INSPECTION START
Check fuel level, fuel supplying system, starter motor, etc.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Correct.
2. CHECK INSTALLATION
Check that glow plug nut and all glow plug connecting plate nuts are
installed properly.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Install properly.
SEF392YA
EC-1546
SEF013Y
EC
D
SEF013Y
6.
Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under
the following conditions.
Conditions
Voltage
Battery voltage
Approx. 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 10.
PBIB0425E
1.
2.
3.
4.
M
PBIB1412E
10A fuse
EC-1547
7. CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0373E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
PBIB1413E
EC-1548
EC
12. CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
14. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW RELAY AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
J
1.
2.
EC-1549
Component Inspection
EBS003PM
GLOW RELAY
Check continuity between glow relay terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
Conditions
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
PBIB0428E
GLOW PLUG
1.
2.
PBIB0429E
EBS008ZE
GLOW PLUG
Refer to EM-138, "GLOW PLUG" .
EC-1550
PFP:14710
A
EBS0035N
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Vehicle speed
ECM Function
Start signal
EC
C
EGR volume control
Ignition switch
Actuator
This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the EGR
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor
moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions.
The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions.
Engine stopped
Engine starting
L
SEF908Y
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
EGR Volume Control Valve
The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.
SEF411Y
EC-1551
EBS0035O
CONDITION
No-load
SPECIFICATION
0 step
EBS0035P
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
A8
A9
R
R
B3
B4
B5
B6
W
OR/B
W/L
GY
ITEM
CONDITION
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
D24
D26
G
G
EC-1552
DATA
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0.1 - 14V
(Voltage signals of each ECM terminals differ according to the control position of EGR volume
control valve.)
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Wiring Diagram
EBS0035Q
EC
TBWA0109E
EC-1553
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS0035R
PBIB0430E
PBIB0380E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0431E
EC-1554
EC
D
PBIB0377E
Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
PBIB0432E
10A fuse
EC-1555
7. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
B3
B4
B5
B6
Component Inspection
EBS003Q0
PBIB0380E
EC-1556
3.
4.
5.
Resistance
20 (68)
13 - 17
EC
G
SEF605Y
6.
Perform "EGR VOL CONT/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-II. Check that EGR volume control
valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the valve opening.
K
SEF819Y
L
EBS008ZF
EC-1557
BRAKE SWITCH
[YD]
BRAKE SWITCH
Description
PFP:25230
EBS009JW
The stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket. The switch
senses brake pedal position and sends an ON-OFF signal to the
ECM. The ECM uses the signal to control the fuel injection control
system.
PBIB0379E
EBS009JX
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]
D25
R/G
EC-1558
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BRAKE SWITCH
[YD]
Wiring Diagram
EBS009K0
EC
TBWA0106E
EC-1559
BRAKE SWITCH
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS009K1
BRAKE SW
OFF
ON
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0472E
PBIB0379E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0117E
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1560
BRAKE SWITCH
[YD]
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch "OFF".
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal D25 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring EC
Diagram.
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
Component Inspection
EBS009L1
Continuity
Should not exist.
Should exist.
PBIB0118E
EC-1561
PFP:31918
EBS009K2
When the gear position is in Neutral, neutral position is ON. ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
EBS009K3
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
ON
Except above
OFF
EBS009K4
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch ON]
E13
G/OR
Park/Neutral position
switch
EC-1562
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Wiring Diagram
EBS009K5
EC
TBWA0113E
EC-1563
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS009K6
P/N POSI SW
Neutral position
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF212Y
PBIB0370E
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1564
EC-1565
START SIGNAL
[YD]
START SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram
PFP:48750
EBS0035S
TBWA0110E
EC-1566
START SIGNAL
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS0035T
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check START SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition
"START SIGNAL"
OFF
ON
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0433E
10A fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1567
PFP:49761
EBS003PS
PBIB0375E
EBS003PT
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EBS003PZ
Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
E12
P/B
[Engine is running]
EC-1568
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Wiring Diagram
EBS003PU
EC
TBWA0115E
EC-1569
Diagnostic Procedure
EBS003PV
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
Steering is turned
ON
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
PBIB0434E
2. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB0375E
3. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1570
Component Inspection
EBS003PW
Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector and then start engine.
Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch terminal 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
Conditions
Continuity
Yes
No
F
PBIB0435E
EBS008ZH
EC-1571
PFP:27500
EBS0035Z
TBWA0111E
EC-1572
PFP:24814
A
EBS00360
EC
TBWA0120E
EC-1573
PFP:00100
EBS00361
YD22DDTi
725 25 rpm
Idle speed
Maximum engine speed
4,800 rpm
EBS00CU1
Supply voltage
Approx. 1.0V
1.0 - 2.5V
2.1 - 2.7V
EBS00363
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
EBS00BLQ
Approximately 5V
1.6 - 1.8V
1.8 - 2.0V
EBS00BLS
1,850 - 2,450
EBS00364
1,850 - 2,450
Glow Plug
EBS00365
Approximately 0.8
EBS00367
13 - 17
EC-1574